Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Drug Manufacturers - Specialty & Generic / Landec Corp. / FY2015 Annual Report

Landec Corp.
Annual Report 2015

LNDC · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker LNDC
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Drug Manufacturers - Specialty & Generic
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2015 Annual Report · Landec Corp.
Loading PDF…
Landec is driving growth with a focus on developing products that promote healthy living. In the five fiscal years 
from 2010-2015 Landec grew revenues 126% with approximately 37% of that growth coming through strategic 
acquisitions, and 63% through organic growth driven by innovation in its food and biomaterial businesses. 
In FY15 Landec grew year-over-year revenues 13% and exceeded $500 million for the first time in its history.

Landec Revenue Growth in Past Five Years

$600

$500

$400

$300

$200

$100

$

$539mm

126% 
Growth

$238mm

FY10               

            FY15

Historical Apio              Salad Kit Business              Green Bean Business             Lifecore BioMedical                Licensing

Investing in Growth 
Over the last five years Landec has grown through a focus on strategic acquisitions and organic growth from innovation in its food and 

biomaterial businesses.  In April 2010, Landec acquired Lifecore Biomedical, Inc., a high margin biomaterials company that was poised 

for future growth.  In April 2012, Landec acquired GreenLine Holding Company within its packaged fresh vegetables subsidiary, Apio, 

Inc.  This acquisition not only added an incremental green bean business, but more importantly, provided East Coast processing and 

distribution facilities as well as North American logistics capabilities to better service Apio’s customers and to provide the infrastructure 

for future expansion. Simultaneously, Apio has been focused on augmenting its internal innovation efforts and entered the salad kit 

category in late calendar 2012, creating a new, high growth platform within a $1.2 billion market segment. 

For FY15, Landec increased revenues 13% to $539mm from $477mm in FY14. Landec also invested $24.5mm 

in growth initiatives, including $17.5mm in capital equipment and $7.0mm in new product development. 

Packaged Fresh Vegetables
Apio utilizes Landec’s BreatheWay® packaging technology to naturally extend the shelf life of fresh produce.  Apio is a leader in 

packaged fresh vegetables in North America.  In FY15, Apio achieved revenues of $498mm, representing a $68mm or 16% 

year-over-year increase, and generated $22.1mm in operating income.  This growth was primarily a result of continued expansion of 

Apio’s new salad kit products that are now being offered by more than 10,000 club, foodservice and grocery retail locations throughout 

North America. Incremental capacity was added in FY15 to process the growing demand for these salad 

kit products. Finally, Apio’s equity investment in its strategic licensing partner, Windset Farms, contributed 

$5.3mm in pre-tax net income during FY15.

Biomedical Materials 
Lifecore is a premium provider of the biopolymer hyaluronan (HA) for multiple applications, with a leadership position in ophthalmology. 

Most notably, HA is used as a lubricant to help protect the eye during cataract surgery. Lifecore leverages its proprietary fermentation 

and filling processes to deliver medical-grade HA to its customers. With a long history of formulating and manufacturing FDA approved 

HA-based products, Lifecore has developed specialized capabilities that are attracting non-HA customers with similar needs. In FY15 

Lifecore delivered revenues of $40.4mm and operating income of $5.7mm. Revenues and operating profit declined in FY15 compared to 

FY14 due to lower purchases related to a one-time inventory adjustment by a key Lifecore customer. Also during FY15, Lifecore invested 

$8.6mm in new growth initiatives, with the majority of this investment being utilized to advance its aseptic 

filling capabilities with new development partners.

Landec Corporation 2015 Annual Report

   
 
 
 
 
      
 
  
   
Landec FY15 Financial Overview

Growth Through Innovation (in millions)

Fiscal Year               2010              2011              2012              2013              2014              2015               5-year CAGR

   Revenue 

        $238 

   $277               $318              $442               $477               $539                18%

   Gross Profit: 

        $33.8               $46.7              $52.1             $62.8             $62.6              $65.4               14%             

   Operating Cash          $7.5               $14.5              $22.2             $20.1m          $21.0              $26.2                29% 

Revenue Growth by Segment (in millions)

FY2011                   FY2012                       FY2013                       FY2014                           FY2015

$32.5

$34.3

$41.3

$45.7

$175.7

$207.6

$320.4

$360.7

$40.4

$430.4

$277mm                  $318mm                      $442mm                      $477mm                         $539mm

         Apio Packaged Fresh Vegetables (core business)

         Apio Export

         Lifecore Biomedical (core business)

         Landec Licensing

For FY15, Landec increased revenues 13% to $539mm from $477mm in FY14. The $62mm increase was primarily due to growth at 
Apio, with a $70mm, or 19%, increase in its packaged vegetables business driven by the new salad kit line of products which increased 
88%.  Lifecore revenues decreased $5mm, or 12%, due to lower shipments from a one-time inventory adjustment by a key Lifecore 
customer while Apio’s Food Export business decreased $2.0 million, or 3%, due primarily to lower volume sales as a result of the West 
Coast longshoreman labor dispute during a portion of FY15.         

Landec’s gross profit continues to grow as a result of increasing revenues. Gross profit in Apio’s packaged fresh vegetables business 
increased $9.7mm, or 27%, in FY15 compared to FY14 as a result of increased revenues driven by increased sales of our higher margin 
salad kit products. The increase in gross profit in Apio’s packaged fresh vegetables business was partially offset by a $5.8mm, or 29%, 
decrease in gross profit in our Lifecore business due to lower revenues and an unfavorable product mix change to a higher percentage of 
sales being from Lifecore’s lower margin aseptically filled products compared to the higher margin fermentation products driven primarily 
by the lower purchases related to a customer adjusting their inventory levels. In addition, gross profit in Apio’s Food Export business 
decreased $1.1 million, or 20%, due to lower revenues and from higher costs to source the higher priced export products.

Looking to FY16, we expect Landec consolidated revenues to increase 7-9% compared to FY15.  We expect net income to grow 60-65% 
with the resumption of historical purchase quantities for a key Lifecore customer who reduced purchases in FY15, and continued growth 
of Apio’s salad kit product line both from existing products and new product introductions. We also plan to spend between $40-45mm in 
capital expenditures during FY16 to advance our two core businesses. 

Landec Corporation 2015 Annual Report

1

 
    
 
 
      
Apio FY15 Highlights

FY15

Revenue: 

                    $498.3mm  

Operating Income: 

                                                                                                            $22.1mm

Year-over-year Revenue Growth: 

                                                                                                     16%

Year-over-year Operating Income Growth:                                                                                                                        25% 

Apio is making it easy and delicious for consumers to eat healthy. Our fresh vegetable 
products are ‘on trend’ with North American consumers who are increasingly equating 
healthy living with healthy eating.

Apio’s FY15 revenues were $498mm, an increase of 16% over FY14 revenues of 
$431mm.  This increase was driven by a $70mm increase in Apio's packaged fresh 
vegetables business, which was a result of the rapid expansion of the sales of our 
Eat Smart® salad kit products which grew 88% in FY15. Apio’s FY15 

operating income increased 25% to $22.1mm from $17.7mm in 

FY14, as a result of increased sales of Apio’s higher margin 

salad kit products.

During FY15, we invested heavily in our Eat Smart packaged fresh 

vegetable products, launching five new salad kits including Wild Greens 
and Quinoa, Beets and Greens, the Roasted Yam Salad and a new line of 
Plant Powered Protein™ Salads with over 10 grams of plant-based protein 
per serving.  Apio significantly increased its sales and marketing efforts 
leading to a 20% increase in SG&A expenditures compared to FY14. These 

increased expenditures were primarily focused on supporting and promoting 

our line of superfood salad kit products and marketing our Eat Smart and 

GreenLine® brands.  We also expanded 

our salad processing capacity in our

Bowling Green, OH facility to support East Coast distribution of these products.  
Apio is always striving to reduce costs and maximize quality for the consumer. 
For example, process improvement projects were implemented, such as the 
installation of new green bean snipping equipment for our green bean product line.  
This initiative simultaneously improved quality and increased yield to save over 
$1mm annually. We also completed the implementation of a new JDE inventory 
management system which achieved 100% system uptime for the year.  

Windset Farms is the largest hydroponic greenhouse grower of premium vegetables 
in North America. The fair market value of Apio’s 26.9% minority investment in Windset 
Farms continues to grow, as it has done every year since Apio’s initial investment in 
February 2011.  In FY15, Windset Farms contributed $5.3mm to Apio’s pre-tax 
net income.  This was $5.8mm lower than last year due to an expected pause 
in expansion during FY15 and unexpected permitting issues in California 
associated with Windset’s new crop production originally planned to begin 
in October 2015. We continue to be excited about our relationship with 
Windset Farms and their opportunities for future growth.

During FY16, we plan to continue to invest in and grow our Eat Smart salad 
kit products. Apio will be stepping up its overall investments in new product
development, marketing and sales while significantly expanding its 
processing capacity and capabilities.  This includes plans to more 
than triple our Hanover, PA facility which will enable us to better 
serve consumers across the United States and Canada as demand 
for our products continues to grow.

Landec Corporation 2015 Annual Report

 
 
 
 
                
 
 
 
          
 
 
          
 
Lifecore FY15 Highlights

FY15

Revenue: 

Operating Income: 

Year-over-year Revenue Decrease:  

Year-over-year Operating Income Decrease:   

                     $40.4mm

                        $5.7mm

               12%

               50%

Lifecore delivers technically advanced medical products that improve the 
quality of life as people age through Lifecore’s expertise in formulating and 
filling hard-to-handle, viscous biomaterials. 

Lifecore Biomedical is a premium supplier of fermented hyaluronan (also known as hyaluronic acid, sodium hyaluronate, or HA for short) 
and a contract manufacturer in aseptic fill and finish services (CMO) for use in medical and pharmaceutical applications. Lifecore® HA has 
been used by over 50 million patients in the past 25 years, primarily for use during cataract surgery.  In FY15, Lifecore had revenues of 

$40.4mm and operating income of $5.7mm compared to $45.7mm and $11.5mm for FY14.  During FY15, Lifecore advanced new CMO 

partnerships that have positioned them for growth over the next five years. With specialized formulation, filling and packaging 

competencies, Lifecore provides distinguishable capabilities to serve the needs of diverse partners and their unique products.    

Lifecore develops and manufactures products composed of the biopolymer HA. HA is a natural 

and important extra-cellular matrix component involved in lubricating and biological 

maintenance of many tissues. Lifecore’s HA is used in a wide and growing range of 

products for several medical specialties, including ophthalmic surgery, orthopedics, 

veterinary medicine, drug delivery, tissue regeneration and aesthetics.

Lifecore is dedicated to the development of technically advanced HA-based products that offer 

long-term compatibility with the human body. There are now 45 million Americans age 65 or older, 

a greater percentage than at any other time in U.S. history, and this trend is going to accelerate 

dramatically over the upcoming years.  As our population ages, procedures such as cataract 

surgeries will continue to grow.  In addition, Lifecore’s capabilities in product formulation 

and development, filling viscous fluids into vials and syringes and managing the FDA 

regulatory process, has expanded Lifecore’s reach beyond HA to a greater variety of 

biomaterials. As companies of all sizes look to out-source the highly specialized 

processes, Lifecore is uniquely qualified to meet their needs.

Looking toward FY16, we expect Lifecore to show significant year over year growth 

as the key customer’s historical purchase quantities are restored which should 

result in its purchases doubling in FY15, and new business development 

initiatives accelerate as they advance toward sustainable 

commercial products.  We intend to expand Lifecore’s 

manufacturing facility, and add new aseptic filling capacity 

in FY16 to align with the commercial requirements 

of its marketing partners in both HA and 

non-HA opportunities.

Landec Corporation 2015 Annual Report

 
 
                
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders Letter

Fiscal year 2015 propelled Landec past $500 million in sales for the first time. 
Revenues grew 13% to a record $539 million. This growth was primarily driven by an 
88% annual sales increase in our Eat Smart salad kits. Landec was recently named 
as one of Fortune 100 Fastest Growing U.S. Companies and we are well positioned 
in our healthy living food and biomaterial markets for continued growth in the future.

Dear Shareholders,

We achieved another year of record sales growth in fiscal year 2015 driven by sales of our Eat Smart salad kits. Overall sales 
increased $62 million to $539 million.  Our packaged vegetable business, which accounted for 80% of total revenues, benefitted 
from the growth of our Eat Smart salad kit products, generated a 19% increase in revenues and an increase of 60 basis points in 
gross margin. Our vegetable salad kit product line has grown from zero to over $125 million in annual sales in the last 36 months. 
Led by our unique Sweet Kale Salad, our new salad kit products are comprised of nutrient rich vegetables in a kit format providing 
the ultimate in freshness, nutrition and convenience. We now offer a family of eight salad kit products containing superfoods which 
are being sold throughout North America, and combined with our other packaged vegetable products we now have distribution in 
most Costco stores and 70% of all North American retail grocery stores – an excellent customer platform for further growth.

We believe that Landec’s new salad kit products are “on trend” as more and more consumers recognize the value of healthy eating. 
We intend to continue to launch a family of healthy vegetable products packaged in our proprietary BreatheWay packaging. 
Our packaging technology extends the shelf life of produce and, combined with our innovative ingredient blends and strong 
channels of distribution, provides substantial future growth potential.

Lifecore Biomedical, as forecasted, had a down year in revenues and earnings because of a one-time inventory reduction by a 
major customer. This customer has returned to its historical purchasing levels, and combined with projected new partner revenues, 
should result in Lifecore having a record year in fiscal year 2016.

We continue to be pleased with our investment in Windset Farms and, accordingly during the past year, we increased our ownership 
of Windset Farms from 20% to 27%. Windset Farms has experienced greater than 20% annual revenue growth for the past five years 
and has achieved market leadership in the use of hydroponic greenhouse technology for growing high quality produce year round.

I will be retiring on October 15, 2015. Molly Hemmeter has been elected the new CEO, and the Board and I believe Molly is a very 
capable successor. Since joining Landec in 2009 as VP of Business Development, Molly has subsequently served as 
Chief Commercial Officer and most recently as Landec’s Chief Operating Officer. In each role Molly has served with distinction. 
The election of Molly as CEO ensures leadership, with uninterrupted knowledge of Landec’s businesses and uninterrupted progress, 
driven by proven management vision and execution. I will remain on the Landec Board of Directors and am committed to making 
this a smooth transition. I have been honored to be part of Landec’s growth from a start-up company in 1991 to over $500 million in 
sales today. Landec has achieved market leadership positions in the Apio and Lifecore markets we serve. In response to consumer 
healthy living trends, Landec has, and will continue to, invest in and develop innovative products that promote healthy living and help 
people improve and maintain their good health.

Landec has a bright future and I thank our employees, partners and shareholders for their consistent support over the years.

Thank you for allowing me to serve you.

Respectfully,

Gary T. Steele
Chairman of the Board, President and CEO

Landec Corporation 2015 Annual Report

 
 
Landec Corporation 2015 Annual Report

NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS 
TO BE HELD ON OCTOBER 15, 2015 

TO THE STOCKHOLDERS OF LANDEC CORPORATION: 

NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Landec Corporation (the “Company”) will be 
held on Thursday, October 15, 2015, at 1:30 p.m., local time, at Seaport Conference Center, 459 Seaport Court, Redwood 
City, CA 94063 for the following purposes: 

1.  To elect five directors to serve for a term expiring at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders held in the second

year following the year of their election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified; 

2.  To ratify the appointment of Ernst & Young LLP as the Company’s independent registered public accounting

firm for the fiscal year ending May 29, 2016;  

3.  To approve a non-binding advisory proposal on executive compensation; and 

4.  To  transact  such  other  business  as  may  properly  come  before  the  meeting  or  any  postponement  or 

adjournment(s) thereof. 

The foregoing items of business are more fully described in the Proxy Statement accompanying this Notice. 

Only stockholders of record at the close of business on August 17, 2015, are entitled to notice of and to vote at the 

meeting and any adjournment(s) thereof. 

All  stockholders  are  cordially  invited  to  attend  the  meeting  in person. However,  to  assure  your representation  at  the 
meeting, you are urged to mark, sign, and date and return the enclosed proxy card as promptly as possible in the postage-
prepaid envelope enclosed for that purpose or vote your shares by telephone or via the Internet. 

BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS 

/s/ Geoffrey P. Leonard 

GEOFFREY P. LEONARD 
Secretary 

Menlo Park, California 
August 24, 2015 

IMPORTANT 

WHETHER OR NOT YOU PLAN TO ATTEND THE MEETING, PLEASE SIGN AND RETURN THE ENCLOSED 
PROXY CARD AS PROMPTLY AS POSSIBLE IN THE ENCLOSED POSTAGE-PREPAID ENVELOPE OR VOTE 
YOUR SHARES BY TELEPHONE OR VIA THE INTERNET. IF A QUORUM IS NOT REACHED, THE COMPANY 
MAY  HAVE  THE  ADDED  EXPENSE  OF  RE-ISSUING  THESE  PROXY  MATERIALS.  IF  YOU  ATTEND  THE 
MEETING AND SO DESIRE, YOU MAY WITHDRAW YOUR PROXY AND VOTE IN PERSON. THANK YOU 
FOR ACTING PROMPTLY. 

 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
PROXY STATEMENT FOR ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS 
TO BE HELD ON OCTOBER 15, 2015 
____________________ 

INFORMATION CONCERNING SOLICITATION AND VOTING 

General 

The enclosed proxy is solicited on behalf of the Board of Directors of Landec Corporation, a Delaware corporation 
(“Landec” or the “Company”), for use at the annual meeting of stockholders (the “Annual Meeting”) to be held on Thursday, 
October 15, 2015, at 1:30 p.m., local time, or at any postponement or adjournment thereof, for the purposes set forth herein 
and in the accompanying Notice of Annual Meeting of Stockholders. The Annual Meeting will be held at Seaport Conference 
Center, 459 Seaport Court, Redwood City, CA 94063. The telephone number at that location is (650) 482-3500. 

The Company’s principal executive offices are located at 3603 Haven Avenue, Menlo Park, California 94025. The 

Company’s telephone number at that location is (650) 306-1650. 

Solicitation 

These proxy solicitation materials are to be mailed on or about September 10, 2015 to all stockholders entitled to 
vote at the meeting. The costs of soliciting these proxies will be borne by the Company. These costs will include the expenses 
of preparing and mailing proxy materials for the Annual Meeting and the reimbursement of brokerage firms and others for 
their  expenses  incurred  in  forwarding  solicitation  material  regarding  the  Annual  Meeting  to  beneficial  owners  of  the 
Company’s  common  stock,  par  value  $0.001  per  share  (the  “Common  Stock”).  The  Company  may  conduct  further 
solicitation personally, telephonically or by facsimile through its officers, directors and regular employees, none of whom 
will receive additional compensation for assisting with the solicitation.  

Important Notice Regarding the Availability of Proxy Materials for the  
Stockholder Meeting to Be Held on October 15, 2015.  

This Proxy Statement and the Company’s Annual Report to Stockholders are available at 

http://landec.com/proxy 

You may also find a copy of this Proxy Statement and our Annual Report (with exhibits) on the SEC website at 
http://www.sec.gov. We will, upon written request and without charge, send you additional copies of our Annual Report 
(without exhibits) and this Proxy Statement. To request additional copies, please send your request by mail to Gregory 
S.  Skinner,  Chief  Financial  Officer,  Landec  Corporation,  3603  Haven  Avenue,  Menlo  Park,  CA  94025  (telephone 
number: (650) 306-1650). Exhibits to the Annual Report may be obtained upon written request to Mr. Skinner and 
payment of the Company’s reasonable expenses in furnishing such exhibits. 

 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Voting Procedure 

You may vote by mail. 

To vote by mail, please sign your proxy card and return it in the enclosed, prepaid and addressed envelope. If you 

mark your voting instructions on the proxy card, your shares will be voted as you instruct. 

You may vote in person at the Annual Meeting. 

We will pass out written ballots to anyone who wants to vote at the Annual Meeting. Holding shares in “street name” 
means your shares of stock are held in an account by your stockbroker, bank or other nominee, and the stock certificates and 
record ownership are not in your name. If your shares are held in “street name” and you wish to attend the Annual Meeting, 
you must notify your broker, bank or other nominee and obtain proper documentation to vote your shares at the Annual 
Meeting. 

You may vote by telephone or electronically. 

You may submit your proxy by following the Vote by Phone instructions accompanying the proxy card. Also, you 

may vote online by following the Vote by Internet instructions accompanying the proxy card. 

You may change your mind after you have returned your proxy card. 

If you change your mind after you return your proxy card or submit your proxy by telephone or Internet, you may 

revoke your proxy at any time before the polls close at the Annual Meeting. You may do this by: 

● 

signing and returning another proxy card with a later date, or 

●  voting in person at the Annual Meeting. 

Voting 

Holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share.  

Votes cast in person or by proxy at the Annual Meeting will be tabulated by the Inspector of Elections. The Inspector 
of Elections will also determine whether or not a quorum is present. A majority of the shares entitled to vote, represented 
either in person or by proxy, will constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The Inspector of Elections will treat 
abstentions as shares that are present and entitled to vote for purposes of determining the presence of a quorum.  

If a broker indicates on the enclosed proxy or its substitute that it has not received voting instructions with respect 
to shares held in “street name” with such broker and either (i) does not have discretionary authority as to certain shares to 
vote on a particular matter or (ii) has discretionary voting authority but nevertheless refrained from voting on the matter 
(“broker non-votes”), those shares will be counted for purposes of determining the presence of a quorum, but will not be 
considered as voting with respect to that matter. 

Proposal No. 1 – Election of directors: Each director is elected by a majority of the votes cast with respect to such 
director. Any votes “withheld” for a particular director are effectively votes against that director. Shares present and not 
voted, whether by broker non-vote, abstention or otherwise, will have no effect on this vote. 

Proposal No. 2 – Ratification of independent registered public accounting firm: This proposal must be approved by 
a  majority  of  the  shares  present  and  voted  on  the  proposal.  Shares  present  and  not  voted,  whether  by  broker  non-vote, 
abstention or otherwise, will have no effect on this vote. 

Proposal No. 3 — Advisory (non-binding) vote on executive compensation:  This advisory proposal will be approved 
if a majority of the shares present and voted on the proposal are voted in favor of the resolution. Shares present and not voted, 
whether by broker non-vote, abstention or otherwise, will have no effect on this advisory vote. 

2 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Any proxy which is returned using the form of proxy enclosed and which is not marked as to a particular item will 
be  voted  FOR  the  election  of  the  director  nominees  proposed  by  the  Board  of  Directors;  FOR  the  ratification  of  the 
appointment of Ernst & Young LLP to serve as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal 
year ending May 29, 2016; FOR the advisory vote on executive compensation; and as the proxy holders deem advisable on 
other matters that may come before the meeting or any adjournment(s) thereof, as the case may be, with respect to the item 
not marked. Broker non-votes will not be considered as voting with respect to these matters. 

Record Date and Share Ownership 

Only stockholders of record at the close of business on August 17, 2015, are entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the 
Annual Meeting. As of August 17, 2015, 27,010,381 shares of the Company’s Common Stock were issued and outstanding.  

Deadline for Receipt of Stockholder Proposals for the Company’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders in 2016 

If any stockholder desires to present a stockholder proposal at the Company’s 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, 
such proposal must be received by the Secretary of the Company no later than May 13, 2016, in order that they may be 
considered for inclusion in the proxy statement and form of proxy relating to that meeting. 

Householding of Proxy Materials 

Some companies, brokers, banks, and other nominee record holders participate in a practice commonly known as 
“householding,” where a single copy of our Proxy Statement and Annual Report is sent to one address for the benefit of two 
or more stockholders sharing that address. Householding is permitted under rules adopted by the SEC as a means of satisfying 
the delivery requirements for proxy statements and annual reports, potentially resulting in extra convenience for stockholders 
and cost savings for companies. We will promptly deliver a separate copy of either document to you if you contact our Chief 
Financial Officer at the address listed above or call us at (650) 306-1650. If you are receiving multiple copies of our Proxy 
Statement  and  Annual  Report  at  your household  and wish  to receive only  one, please  notify  your  bank, broker, or other 
nominee record holder, or contact our Chief Financial Officer at the address listed above. 

3 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
PROPOSAL NO. 1 

ELECTION OF DIRECTORS 

Nominees 

The Company’s Bylaws currently provide for no fewer than six (6) and no more than ten (10) directors, and the 
Company’s Certificate of Incorporation provides for the classification of the Board of Directors into two classes serving 
staggered terms. Each Class 1 and Class 2 director is elected for a two-year term, with the Class 2 directors elected in odd 
numbered years (e.g., 2015) and the Class 1 directors elected in even numbered years (e.g., 2016). Accordingly, at the Annual 
Meeting five (5) Class 2 directors will be elected. 

The Board of Directors has nominated the persons named below to serve as Class 2 directors until the 2017 Annual 
Meeting, at which their successors will be elected and qualified. Unless otherwise instructed, the proxy holders will vote the 
proxies received by them for the Company’s five (5) nominees named below. In the event that any nominee of the Company 
is unable or declines to serve as a director at the time of the Annual Meeting, the proxies will be voted for any nominee who 
shall be designated by the present Board of Directors to fill the vacancy. In the event that additional persons are nominated 
for election as directors, the proxy holders intend to vote all proxies received by them in such a manner as will assure the 
election of as many of the nominees listed below as possible, and, in such event, the specific nominees to be voted for will 
be determined by the proxy holders. Assuming a quorum is present, the five (5) nominees for director receiving at least a 
majority of votes cast at the Annual Meeting will be elected. 

Nominees for Class 2 Directors 

Name of Director 

Age 

Principal Occupation

Director Since

Albert D. Bolles, Ph.D. ......... 

Tonia Pankopf ....................... 
Robert Tobin ......................... 
Nicholas Tompkins ............... 

58 

Retired Executive Vice President and Chief Technical and 
Operations Officer, ConAgra Foods, Inc. 
47  Managing Partner, Pareto Advisors, LLC 
77 
60  Managing Member, NKT Commercial LLC, Chairman of the 

Retired Chief Executive Officer, Ahold, USA 

Molly A. Hemmeter .............. 

48 

Board of Apio, Inc. 
Chief Operating Officer of the Company (1) 

2014 

2012 
2004 
2003 

N/A 

(1) On July 23, 2015, Ms. Hemmeter was elected as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company effective 

as of the date of the Annual Meeting. 

Except as set forth below, each of the Class 2 directors has been engaged in the principal occupation set forth next 
to his or her name above during the past five years. There is no family relationship between any director and any executive 
officer of the Company. 

Albert D. Bolles, Ph.D, has served as a director since May 2014. Dr. Bolles served as the Executive Vice President 
and  Chief  Technical  and  Operations  Officer  of  ConAgra  until  his  retirement  in  August  2015.  Dr.  Bolles  led  ConAgra’s 
Research, Quality & Innovation and Supply Chain organizations. He joined ConAgra in 2006 as Executive Vice President, 
Research, Quality & Innovation. Under his leadership, the ConAgra’s Research, Quality & Innovation team has brought to 
market  highly successful products  that have  led  to  substantial  business growth. Prior  to joining  ConAgra, Dr.  Bolles  led 
worldwide research and development for PepsiCo Beverages and Foods. Dr. Bolles serves on several professional advisory 
boards,  including  the  Grocery  Manufacturers  Association  (GMA)  Scientific  Regulatory  Committee,  and  is  currently  the 
chairman of the Trout Council/Food Science program which is an endowed scholarship fund at Michigan State University in 
the Department of Food Science and Human Nutrition. He has a Ph.D. and master's degree in food science and a bachelor's 
degree in microbiology, all from Michigan State University. He holds several patents and has won numerous awards for his 
contributions to the world of food science.  

Dr. Bolles is a preeminent leader in food science and provides the Board of Directors with valuable areas of expertise 

in new product development, innovation, quality, and supply chain in the packaged consumer food business. 

4 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Tonia Pankopf has served as a director since November 2012. Ms. Pankopf has been managing partner of Pareto 
Advisors, LLC since 2005. Previously, she was a senior analyst and managing director at Palladio Capital Management from 
January 2004 through April 2005. From 2001 to 2003, Ms. Pankopf served as an analyst and portfolio manager with P.A.W. 
Capital Partners, LP. Ms. Pankopf was a senior analyst and vice president at Goldman, Sachs & Co. from 1999 to 2001 and 
at Merrill Lynch & Co. from 1998 to 1999. Ms. Pankopf serves on the board of directors of TICC Capital Corp. and served 
on the Board of the University System of Maryland Foundation from 2006 to 2012. Ms. Pankopf is a member of the National 
Association of Corporate Directors (“NACD”) and has been designated an NACD Governance Fellow in recognition of her 
ongoing  involvement  in  director  professionalism  and  engagement  with  the  director  community.  Ms.  Pankopf  received  a 
Bachelor of Arts degree summa cum laude from the University of Maryland and an M.S. degree from the London School of 
Economics. 

Ms.  Pankopf’s  extensive  experience  in  investment  research  and  financial  analysis  and  corporate  governance 
provides the Board of Directors with valuable insights of an experienced investment manager and institutional shareholder 
as well as a diverse perspective. 

Robert Tobin has served as a director since December 2004. Mr. Tobin retired from his position as Chief Executive 
Officer of Ahold USA, a food retailer, in 2001. Mr. Tobin has over 40 years of industry experience in the food retail and food 
service sectors, having served as Chairman and CEO of Stop and Shop Supermarkets. An industry leader, Mr. Tobin serves 
on the advisory boards of the College of Agriculture and Life Sciences and the Undergraduate Business Program at Cornell 
University where he received his B.S. in Agricultural Economics.  

Mr. Tobin’s experience as the chief executive officer of food retailers and his knowledge of the food retail and food 
service sectors provide the Board of Directors with significant expertise with respect to issues facing the Company’s food 
business. In addition, Mr. Tobin’s service on advisory boards provides the Board of Directors with knowledge of the scientific 
issues that face Apio, Inc. (“Apio”). 

Nicholas Tompkins has served as a director since October 2003. Mr. Tompkins has been the Chairman of the Board 
of Apio, since January 2008. Prior to becoming the Chairman of the Board of Apio, Mr. Tompkins was the Chief Executive 
Officer  of  Apio,  a  position  he  had  held  since  Apio’s  inception  in  1979.  Landec  acquired  Apio  in  December  1999.  Mr. 
Tompkins is also a current board member and past chairman of the Ag Business Advisory Council for California Polytechnic 
State University in San Luis Obispo, California. He was a member of the board of directors of the United Fresh Fruit and 
Vegetable Association through 2008 and was Chairman of that organization in 2005 and 2006. Mr. Tompkins received a B.S. 
in Agricultural Business from California State University, Fresno. 

Mr.  Tompkins  brings  to  the Board of  Directors  extensive  experience  in  the  area of  agriculture. In  addition,  Mr. 
Tompkins’s prior service as the Chief Executive Officer of Apio and as its current Chairman provides the Board of Directors 
with in-depth knowledge of the operations of Apio, a significant portion of the Company’s business. 

Molly A. Hemmeter has been elected to serve as the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer effective as 
of the date of the Annual Meeting. She has served as Chief Operating Officer of the Company since January 2014, prior to 
which she served as Chief Commercial Officer of the Company from December 2010 to January 2014 and Vice President, 
Business Development and Global Marketing of the Company from June 2009 to December 2010. From July 2006 until 
joining the Company in June 2009, Ms. Hemmeter was Vice President of Global Marketing and New Business Development 
for the Performance Materials division of Ashland, Inc., a global specialty chemicals company. Prior to joining Ashland, Inc., 
Ms.  Hemmeter  was  Vice  President  of  Strategy  and  Marketing  for  Siterra  Corporation  in  San  Francisco,  a  privately  held 
company delivering on-demand software for managing real estate asset portfolios. 

Ms. Hemmeter’s significant knowledge and understanding of the Company and its businesses, together with her 
extensive experience in business development and marketing, along with her knowledge of Apio’s food business where she 
was instrumental in creating and developing Apio’s line of salad kit products, the fastest growing products in Landec’s long 
history, provides the Board of Directors with detailed knowledge of Company’s products and strategic direction.  

Director Dean Hollis will complete his term as a Class 2 director at the time of the Annual Meeting and will not 

stand for re-election.  

5 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Class 1 Directors 

Name of Director 

Age 

Principal Occupation

Director Since

Gary T. Steele....................................  

66 

Frederick Frank .................................  
Steven Goldby ...................................  
Catherine A. Sohn, Pharma.D. ..........  

83 
75 
62 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the 
Board of Directors of the Company 
Chairman, Evolution Life Sciences Partners 
Partner, Venrock 
Retired Senior Executive Glaxo Smith Kline 

1991 

1999 
2008 
2012 

Except as set forth below, each of the Class 1 directors has been engaged in the principal occupation set forth next 
to his or her name above during the past five years. There is no family relationship between any director and executive officer 
of the Company. 

Gary  T.  Steele  has  served  as  President,  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  a  director  since  September  1991  and  as 
Chairman of the Board of Directors since January 1996. Mr. Steele will retire from these positions as of the date of the Annual 
Meeting,  but  will  continue  to  serve  as  a  director  of  the  Company.  Mr.  Steele  has  over  30  years  of  experience  in  the 
biotechnology, instrumentation and material science fields. From 1985 to 1991, Mr. Steele was President and Chief Executive 
Officer of Molecular Devices Corporation, a bioanalytical instrumentation company. From 1981 to 1985, Mr. Steele was 
Vice President, Product Development and Business Development at Genentech, Inc., a biomedical company focusing on 
pharmaceutical drug development. Mr. Steele has also worked with McKinsey & Company and Shell Oil Company. Mr. 
Steele received a B.S. from Georgia Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from Stanford University. 

Mr. Steele’s significant knowledge and understanding of the Company and its businesses together with his extensive 
experience in the biotechnology field provide the Board of Directors with significant insight into the Company’s businesses 
and operations.  

Frederick Frank has served as director since December 1999. Mr. Frank is Chairman of the Board of Evolution Life 
Sciences Partners. Prior to joining Evolution Partners, Mr. Frank was Chairman of the Board of Burrill Securities. Prior to 
joining  Burrill  Securities,  Mr.  Frank  was  Vice  Chairman  of  Peter  J.  Solomon  Company  (“Solomon”).  Before  joining 
Solomon, Mr. Frank was Vice Chairman of Lehman Brothers, Inc. (“Lehman”) and Barclays Capital. Before joining Lehman 
as a Partner in October 1969, Mr. Frank was co-director of research, as well as Vice President and Director of Smith Barney 
& Co. Incorporated. During his over 50 years on Wall Street, Mr. Frank has been involved in numerous financings and merger 
and acquisition transactions. He serves as an advisor to the board of directors of PDL BioPharma, and was a director for the 
Institute for Systems Biology and Pharmaceutical Product Development, Inc. Mr. Frank is Chairman of the National Genetics 
Foundation  and he  serves  on  the  Advisory Boards for  Yale  School of  Organization  and  Management,  the  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology  Center  of  Biomedical  Innovation  and  was  formerly  an  Advisory  Member  of  the  Johns  Hopkins 
Bloomberg School of Public Health, and the Harvard School of Public Health. He is a graduate of Yale University, received 
an M.B.A. from Stanford University and is a Chartered Financial Analyst. 

Mr.  Frank  has  over  50  years  of  capital  markets  experience  and  has  been  involved  in  numerous  financings, 
commercial transactions and mergers and acquisitions. As such, Mr. Frank provides the Board of Directors with extensive 
experience  and  knowledge  with  respect  to  transactions  and  financings  in  the  public  company  context  and  corporate 
governance experience based on his experience as a director of public and non-public companies.  

Steven Goldby has served as a director since December 2008 and will become Chairman of the Board in a non-
executive capacity as of the date of the Annual Meeting. Mr. Goldby has been a Partner at Venrock, a venture capital firm, 
since 2007. Mr. Goldby was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Symyx Technologies, Inc. (“Symyx”) from 1998 to 
2007; he became the Executive Chairman in 2008, and Chairman in 2009. Before joining Symyx, Mr. Goldby served as Chief 
Executive Officer for more than ten years at MDL Information Systems, Inc., the enterprise software company that pioneered 
scientific information management. Earlier, Mr. Goldby held various management positions at ALZA Corporation, including 
President of Alza Pharmaceuticals. Mr. Goldby received a B.S. degree in chemistry from the University of North Carolina 
and a law degree from Georgetown University Law Center.  

Mr. Goldby’s extensive experience with biotechnology companies provides the Board of Directors with significant 

understanding of the technology issues facing the Company. 

6 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Catherine A. Sohn, Pharma.D. has served as a director since November 2012. Dr. Sohn brings significant industry 
experience in pharmaceutical and health-related sectors based on her leadership and achievements in business development 
and new product development for 28 years at Glaxo Smith Kline (“GSK”). Most recently, Dr. Sohn was Senior Vice President 
of Worldwide Business Development and Strategic Alliance for GSK’s $8 billion consumer healthcare division. Early in her 
career, Dr. Sohn established the U.S. vaccine business unit for SmithKline Beecham Pharmaceuticals and she subsequently 
led the commercialization of Paxil, which became one of GSK’s top five pharmaceutical products. Currently Dr. Sohn serves 
as president of Sohn Health Strategies, LLC, providing business development and new product marketing consultation to 
biotechnology,  specialty  pharmaceutical  and  healthcare  companies.  Dr.  Sohn  is  a  NACD  Governance  Fellow.  She  has 
demonstrated  her  commitment  to  boardroom  excellence  by  completing  NACD’s  comprehensive  program  of  study  for 
corporate directors. She supplements her skill sets through ongoing engagement with the director community and access to 
leading practices. Dr. Sohn received her Doctor of Pharmacy degree from University of California in San Francisco.  

With over 30 years of experience in health-related sectors, Dr. Sohn provides the Board of Directors with significant 
expertise in business development and new product development within healthcare, which has a direct benefit to Landec’s 
wholly-owned biomedical subsidiary, Lifecore Biomedical, Inc. (“Lifecore”). 

Board of Directors Meetings and Committees 

The Board of Directors held a total of eight meetings during the fiscal year ended May 31, 2015. Each director 
attended at least 75% of all Board and applicable committee meetings during fiscal year 2015. The Board of Directors has an 
Audit  Committee,  a  Compensation  Committee  and  a  Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance  Committee,  each  of  which 
operates under a written charter approved by the Board of Directors. The charter for each of the committees is available on 
the Company’s website (http://landec.com). It is our policy to encourage the members of the Board of Directors to attend the 
Company’s annual meeting of stockholders. All directors on the Board of Directors at the time attended our 2014 Annual 
Meeting of Stockholders. 

The Audit Committee currently consists of Ms. Pankopf (Chairperson), Mr. Goldby and Dr. Sohn. Effective as of 
the date of the Annual Meeting, Mr. Tobin will replace Dr. Sohn on the Audit Committee. In the determination of the Board 
of  Directors,  each  of  Ms.  Pankopf,  Mr.  Goldby,  Dr.  Sohn  and  Mr.  Tobin  meets  the  independence  requirements  of  the 
Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and The Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC (“NASDAQ”). The Audit Committee 
assists  the  Board  of  Directors  in  its  oversight  of  Company  affairs  relating  to  the  quality  and  integrity  of  the  Company’s 
financial statements, the qualifications and independence of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, 
the  performance  of  the  Company’s  internal  audit  function  and  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  and  the 
Company’s  compliance  with  legal  and  regulatory  requirements.  The  Audit  Committee  is  responsible  for  appointing, 
compensating, retaining and overseeing the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, approving the services 
performed by the independent registered public accounting firm and reviewing and evaluating the Company’s accounting 
principles and its system of internal accounting controls. Rules adopted by the SEC require us to disclose whether the Audit 
Committee includes at least one member who is an “audit committee financial expert,” as that phrase is defined in SEC rules 
and regulations. The Board of Directors has determined that Ms. Pankopf and Mr. Goldby are “audit committee financial 
experts”  within  the  meaning  of  applicable  SEC  rules.  The  Audit  Committee  held  four  meetings  during  fiscal  year  2015. 
Please see the section entitled “Audit Committee Report” for further matters related to the Audit Committee. The Board has 
adopted  a  written  charter  for  the  Audit  Committee.  The  Audit  Committee  reviews  the  charter  annually  for  changes,  as 
appropriate.  

The Compensation Committee currently consists of Mr. Hollis (Chairman), Mr. Frank, Mr. Tobin and Dr. Sohn. 
Effective as of the date of the Annual Meeting, the Compensation Committee will consist of Dr. Sohn (Chairperson), Dr. 
Bolles and Mr. Frank. In the determination of the Board of Directors, each of Mr. Hollis, Mr. Frank, Mr. Tobin, Dr. Sohn 
and Dr. Bolles meets the current independence requirements of the SEC and NASDAQ. The function of the Compensation 
Committee is to review and set the compensation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and certain of the Company’s 
most highly compensated officers, including salary, bonuses and other cash incentive awards, stock equity awards and other 
forms of compensation, to administer the Company’s stock plans and approve stock equity awards, and to oversee the career 
development of senior management. The Compensation Committee held five meetings during fiscal year 2015.  

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee currently consists of Mr. Frank (Chairman), Mr. Tobin, Ms. 
Pankopf  and  Dr.  Bolles,  each  of  whom,  in  the  determination  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  meets  the  current  independence 
requirements  of  the  SEC  and  NASDAQ.  The  functions  of  the  Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance  Committee  are  to 
recommend qualified candidates for election as officers and directors of the Company and oversee the Company’s corporate 
governance policies. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee held one meeting during fiscal year 2015. 

7 

  
  
  
  
   
  
  
The  Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance  Committee  will  consider  director  nominees  proposed  by  current 
directors, officers, employees and stockholders. Any stockholder who wishes to recommend candidates for consideration by 
the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee may do so by writing to the Secretary of the Company, Geoffrey P. 
Leonard of Ropes & Gray LLP, Three Embarcadero Center, San Francisco, CA 94111, and providing the candidate’s name, 
biographical data and qualifications. The Company does not have a formal policy regarding the consideration of director 
candidates  recommended  by  security  holders.  The  Company  believes  this  is  appropriate  because  the  Nominating  and 
Corporate Governance Committee evaluates any such nominees based on the same criteria as all other director nominees. In 
selecting candidates for the Board of Directors, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee strives for a variety 
of experience and background that adds depth and breadth to the overall character of the Board of Directors. The Nominating 
and  Corporate  Governance  Committee  evaluates  potential  candidates  using  standards  and  qualifications  such  as  the 
candidates’ business experience, independence, diversity, skills and expertise to collectively establish a number of areas of 
core competency of the Board of Directors, including business judgment, management and industry knowledge. Although 
the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee does not have a formal policy on diversity, it believes that diversity 
is  an  important  consideration  in  the  composition  of  the  Board of Directors,  and  it  seeks  to  include Board  members  with 
diverse backgrounds and experiences. Further criteria include the candidates’ integrity and values, as well as the willingness 
to devote sufficient time to attend meetings and participate effectively on the Board of Directors and its committees.  

Corporate Governance 

The  Company  provides  information  about  its  corporate  governance  policies,  including  the  Company’s  Code  of 
Ethics, and charters for the Audit, Nominating and Corporate Governance, and Compensation Committees of the Board of 
Directors on the Corporate Governance page of its website. The website can be found at www.landec.com. 

The Company’s policies and practices reflect corporate governance initiatives that are compliant with the listing 

requirements of NASDAQ and the corporate governance requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, including:  

(cid:127)  A majority of the members of the Board of Directors are independent; 

(cid:127)  All  members  of  the  Audit  Committee,  the  Compensation  Committee  and  the  Nominating  and  Corporate

Governance Committee are independent; 

(cid:127)  The independent members of the Board of Directors meet at each board meeting, and at least twice per year, in 
executive sessions without the presence of management. The Board of Directors has designated a lead independent
director who, among other duties, is responsible for presiding over executive sessions of the independent directors.
Effective as of the date of the Annual Meeting, Mr. Goldby, currently the lead independent director, will become
Chairman  of  the  Board  in  a  non-executive  capacity,  and,  in  that  role,  will  continue  to  preside  over  executive
sessions;  

(cid:127)  The Company has an ethics hotline available to all employees, and the Audit Committee has procedures in place
for  the  anonymous  submission  of  employee  complaints  regarding  accounting,  internal  controls,  or  auditing
matters; and   

(cid:127)  The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to all of its employees, including its principal executive
officer and all members of its finance department, including the principal financial officer and principal accounting
officer,  as  well  as  the  Board  of  Directors. Any  substantive  amendments  to  the  Code  of  Ethics or grant of  any
waiver, including any implicit waiver, from a provision of the Code of Ethics to the Company’s principal executive
officer,  principal  financial  officer  or  principal  accounting  officer,  will  be  disclosed  either  on  the  Company’s 
website or in a report on Form 8-K. 

Following a review of all relevant relationships and transactions between each director (including each director’s 
family members) and the Company, the Board has determined that each member of the Board or nominee for election to the 
Board, other than Mr. Steele and Ms. Hemmeter, is an independent director under applicable NASDAQ listing standards. 
Mr. Steele and Ms. Hemmeter do not meet the independence standards because they are employees of the Company and, in 
the case of Ms. Hemmeter, will continue to serve as an employee following the Annual Meeting.  

8 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Leadership Structure of the Board of Directors 

The  Board  of  Directors  believes  that  it  is  important  to  retain  its  flexibility  to  allocate  the  responsibilities  of  the 
positions of the Chairman of the Board (the “Chairman”) and Chief Executive Officer in the way that it believes is in the 
best  interests  of  the  Company.  The  Board  of  Directors  does  not  have  a  formal  policy  with  respect  to  whether  the  Chief 
Executive Officer should also serve as Chairman. Rather, the Board of Directors makes this decision based on its evaluation 
of current circumstances and the specific needs of the Company at any time it is considering either or both roles.  

Based on Mr. Steele’s significant knowledge of the Company and its industry, the Board of Directors had concluded 
that combining the roles of Chairman and an experienced Chief Executive Officer is in the best interest of the Company. The 
Board of Directors believed that the combination of the roles of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer promoted the pursuit 
of the Company’s business objectives. In light of Mr. Steele’s retirement as Chief Executive Officer and concurrent with the 
election of Ms. Hemmeter as the Company’s new Chief Executive Officer at the Annual Meeting, the Board of Directors has 
determined that the roles of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer will be separated and Mr. Goldby will assume the role of 
non-executive  Chairman  from  his  current  role  as  lead  independent  director.  The  Board  of  Directors  believes  that  the 
appointment of Mr. Goldby as non-executive Chairman allows the Chief Executive Officer, who also possesses significant 
business and industry knowledge, to lead and speak on behalf of both the Company and the Board of Directors, while also 
providing for effective independent oversight by non-management directors through a non-executive Chairman. 

At  each  Board  of  Directors  meeting,  the  lead  independent  director  or  non-executive  Chairman  presides  over  an 
executive session of the non-management directors without the presence of management. The lead independent director or 
non-executive Chairman also may call additional meetings of the non-management directors as he deems necessary. If the 
Board does not have a non-executive Chairman, the lead independent director serves as a liaison between the Chairman and 
the  non-management  directors;  advises  the  Chairman  of  the  informational  needs  of  the  Board  of  Directors  and  approves 
information  sent  to  the  Board  of  Directors;  and  is  available  for  consultation  and  communication  if  requested  by  major 
stockholders. 

The  Board  of  Directors  also  adheres  to  sound  corporate  governance  practices,  as  reflected  in  the  Company’s 
corporate governance policies, which the Board of Directors believes has promoted, and continues to promote, the effective 
and independent exercise of Board leadership for the Company and its stockholders.  

Stockholder Communications 

Our Board of Directors welcomes communications from our stockholders. Stockholders and other interested parties 
may send communications to the Board of Directors, or the independent directors as a group, or to any director in particular, 
including the lead independent director or Chairman, c/o Gregory S. Skinner, Chief Financial Officer, Landec Corporation, 
3603 Haven Avenue, Menlo Park, CA 94025. Any correspondence addressed to the Board of Directors or to any one of our 
directors in care of Mr. Skinner will be promptly forwarded to the addressee. The independent directors review and approve 
the stockholder communication process periodically to ensure effective communication with stockholders. 

Oversight of Risk Management 

The  Board  of  Directors’  role  in  the  Company’s  risk  oversight  process  includes  receiving  regular  reports  from 
members  of  senior  management  on  areas  of  material  risk  to  the  Company,  including  operational,  financial,  legal  and 
regulatory,  and  strategic  and  reputational  risks.  Our  Audit  Committee  oversees  management  of  financial  risk  exposures, 
including the integrity of our accounting and financial reporting processes and controls. As part of this responsibility, the 
Audit Committee meets periodically with the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, our internal auditor 
and our financial and accounting personnel to discuss significant financial risk exposures and the steps management has taken 
to monitor, control and report such exposures. Additionally, the Audit Committee reviews significant findings prepared by 
the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm and our internal auditor, together with management’s response. 
Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee has responsibility for matters relating to corporate governance. As 
such, the charter for our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee provides for the committee to periodically review 
and discuss our corporate governance guidelines and policies. 

Our management also reviewed with our Compensation Committee the compensation policies and practices of the 
Company  that  could  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Company.  Our  management  review  considered  whether  any  of  these 
policies and practices may encourage inappropriate risk-taking, whether any policy or practice may give rise to risks that are 
reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company, and whether it would recommend any changes to the 
Company’s  compensation  policies  and  practices.  Management  also  reviewed  with  the  Board  of  Directors  risk-mitigating 
9 

  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
controls such as the degree of committee and senior management oversight of each compensation program and the level and 
design of internal controls over such programs. Based on these reviews, the Board of Directors determined that risks arising 
from the Company’s compensation policies and practices are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the 
Company. 

The Board of Directors has adopted an executive compensation clawback policy, which provides for recoupment of 
executive incentive compensation in the event of certain restatements of financial results of the Company. Under the policy, 
in the event of a substantial restatement of the Company’s financial results due to material noncompliance with financial 
reporting requirements, if the Board of Directors determines in good faith that any portion of a current or former executive 
officer’s incentive compensation was paid as a result of such noncompliance, then the Company may recover the portion of 
such compensation that was based on the erroneous financial data. 

Compensation of Directors 

The following table sets forth compensation information for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2015, for each member 
of our Board of Directors who was not an executive officer during fiscal year 2015. The Chief Executive Officer, Gary T. 
Steele, who serves on our Board of Directors, does not receive additional compensation for serving on the Board of Directors. 
See “Summary Compensation Table” for disclosure related to Mr. Steele.  

Name 
Albert D. Bolles, Ph.D. ........................................................   $

Fee Earned 
or Paid in 
Cash (1)

Stock 
Awards (2)    

Option 
Awards 

Total

45,000    $

100,000    $ 

—    $

145,000 

Frederick Frank  ...................................................................   $

57,500    $

100,000    $ 

—    $

157,500 

Steven Goldby ......................................................................   $

66,667    $

100,000    $ 

—    $

166,667 

Stephen Halprin (3) ..............................................................   $

35,417    $

0    $ 

—    $

35,417 

Dean Hollis ..........................................................................   $

55,000    $

70,832    $ 

—    $

125,832 

Tonia Pankopf ......................................................................   $

61,000    $

100,000    $ 

—    $

161,000 

Catherine A. Sohn, Pharma.D. .............................................   $

57,500    $

100,000    $ 

—    $

157,500 

Robert Tobin  .......................................................................   $

52,500    $

100,000    $ 

—    $

152,500 

Nicholas Tompkins ..............................................................   $

40,000    $

100,000    $ 

—    $

140,000 

(1)  Includes amounts (if any) deferred pursuant to the Company's Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan, the terms

of which are described under “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan” below. 

(2)  The amounts shown in the Stock Awards column do not reflect compensation actually received by a director. Instead,
the  amounts  shown  are  the  aggregate  grant  date  fair  value,  computed  in  accordance  with  Financial  Accounting
Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Options (“ASC 718”), of 
awards granted in fiscal year 2015. The stock award amounts for fiscal year 2015 include the value of two awards
granted in one fiscal year, the fiscal year 2014 award granted on May 29, 2014 and the fiscal year 2015 award granted 
on May 28, 2015. 

(3)  Mr. Halprin retired from the Board at the end of his term as a Class 1 director on October 9, 2014. 

At May 31, 2015, the aggregate number of stock awards and option awards outstanding was: Dr. Bolles – 3,475 
shares; Mr. Frank – 23,475 shares; Mr. Goldby – 33,475 shares; Mr. Hollis – 26,448 shares; Ms. Pankopf – 13,475 shares; 
Dr. Sohn – 13,475 shares; Mr. Tobin – 38,475 shares; and Mr. Tompkins – 28,475 shares. 

For fiscal year 2015, each non-employee director received an annual retainer of $40,000 for service as a member of 
our Board of Directors. In addition, each director who served on the Audit Committee received an annual retainer of $10,000, 
with  the  Chairman  of  the  Audit  Committee  receiving  an  annual  retainer  of  $20,000.  Each  director  who  served  on  the 
Compensation  Committee  received  an  annual  retainer  of  $7,500,  with  the  Chairman  of  the  Compensation  Committee  

10 

  
  
  
  
 
   
   
 
  
   
      
       
      
  
  
   
      
       
      
  
  
   
      
       
      
  
  
   
      
       
      
  
  
   
      
       
      
  
  
   
      
       
      
  
  
   
      
       
      
  
  
   
      
       
      
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
receiving an annual retainer of $15,000. Each director who served on the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee 
received an annual retainer of $5,000, with the Chairman of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee receiving 
an annual retainer of $10,000. The lead independent director received an annual retainer of $25,000. Consistent with the 
general industry trend toward fixed-value restricted stock unit (“RSU”) awards, each non-employee director receives an RSU 
award each year with a face value of $50,000, based on the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock on the date 
of the grant, vesting on the first anniversary of the date of grant. 

In addition to cash fees, each director is reimbursed for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by a director to 

attend Board meetings, committee meetings or stockholder meetings in his or her capacity as a director.  

Stock Ownership Requirement 

The Board of Directors has determined that ownership of Landec Common Stock by officers and directors promotes 
a focus on long-term growth and aligns the interests of the Company’s officers and directors with those of its stockholders. 
As a result, the Board of Directors has adopted stock ownership guidelines stating that the Company’s non-employee directors 
and its executive officers should maintain certain minimum ownership levels of Common Stock. Under these guidelines, 
each non-employee director of the Company is expected to maintain ownership of Common Stock having a value of at least 
three times the amount of the annual cash retainer paid to such non-employee director. For purposes of the guidelines, the 
value of a share of Common Stock is measured as the greater of (i) the then current market price or (ii) the closing price of a 
share of Common Stock on the date when the stock was acquired, or the vesting date in the case of RSUs.  

Newly-elected directors have five years from the date they are elected to meet these guidelines. Directors who joined 
the Board of Directors prior to May 31, 2015 have until May 31, 2020 to meet the guidelines. In the event a non-employee 
director’s cash retainer increases, he or she will have two years from the date of the increase to acquire any additional shares 
or RSUs needed to meet the guidelines. Until the required ownership level is reached, directors are required to retain 50% of 
net shares acquired upon any future vesting of RSUs and/or exercise of stock options, after deducting shares used to pay any 
applicable taxes and/or exercise price. 

Required Vote 

The  election  of  each  of  the  five  (5)  Class  2  director  nominees  requires  the  affirmative  vote  of  the  holders  of  a 
majority of the shares of the Company’s Common Stock present at the Annual Meeting in person or by proxy and voted with 
respect to such director. This means that in order for a director to be elected, the number of shares voted “FOR” a director 
must exceed the number of votes cast against that director. As such, a “WITHHOLD” vote is effectively a vote against a 
director. 

THE  BOARD  OF  DIRECTORS  RECOMMENDS  A  VOTE  “FOR”  THE  ELECTION  OF  EACH  OF  THE 
NOMINEES LISTED ABOVE. 

11 

  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
PROPOSAL NO. 2 

RATIFICATION OF APPOINTMENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

The Audit Committee has appointed the firm of Ernst & Young LLP as the Company’s independent registered public 
accounting firm to audit the financial statements of the Company for the fiscal year ending May 29, 2016, and recommends 
that the stockholders vote for ratification of this appointment. In the event the stockholders do not ratify such appointment, 
the Audit Committee may reconsider its selection. Ernst & Young LLP has audited the Company’s financial statements since 
the fiscal year ending October 31, 1994. Representatives of Ernst & Young LLP are expected to be present at the Annual 
Meeting with the opportunity to make a statement if they desire to do so, and are expected to be available to respond to 
appropriate questions. 

Fees Paid to Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The following table presents the aggregate fees billed to the Company for professional services rendered by Ernst 

& Young LLP for the fiscal years ended May 31, 2015 and May 25, 2014. 

Fee Category 
Audit Fees  ...........................................................................................................   $

  Fiscal Year 2015       Fiscal Year 2014  
1,343,000 

1,312,000    $ 

Audit-Related Fees(1) ..........................................................................................    
Tax Fees  ..............................................................................................................    

13,000      
—      

All Other Fees  .....................................................................................................    

—      

12,000  
— 

— 

Total .....................................................................................................................   $

1,325,000    $ 

1,355,000 

(1)  Audit-related  fees  were  for  agreed  upon  procedures  work  performed  by  Ernst  &  Young  LLP  related  to  the

Company’s loans from General Electric Capital Corporation. 

Audit  Fees  were  for  professional  services  rendered  for  the  integrated  audit  of  the  Company’s  annual  financial 
statements and internal controls over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, for 
the review of the Company’s interim financial statements included in the Company’s Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and 
for assistance with and review of documents filed by the Company with the SEC. 

Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policies 

The  Audit  Committee  pre-approves  all  audit  and  permissible  non-audit  services  provided  by  the  Company’s 
independent registered public accounting firm. These services may include audit services, audit-related services, tax services 
and other services. Any pre-approval is detailed as to the particular service or category of services and is generally subject to 
a specific budget. The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm and management are required to periodically 
report to the Audit Committee regarding the extent of services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm 
in accordance with such pre-approval, and the fees for the services performed to date. The Audit Committee, or its designee, 
may also pre-approve particular services on a case-by-case basis. 

Required Vote 

The  ratification  of  the  appointment  of  Ernst  &  Young  LLP  as  the  Company’s  independent  registered  public 
accounting firm requires the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of the Company’s Common Stock 
present at the Annual Meeting in person or by proxy and voted on this proposal. 

THE  BOARD  OF  DIRECTORS  RECOMMENDS  A  VOTE  “FOR”  THE  RATIFICATION  OF  THE 
APPOINTMENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP AS THE  COMPANY’S INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC 
ACCOUNTING FIRM FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING MAY 29, 2016. 

12 

  
  
  
  
  
  
   
       
  
  
   
       
  
  
   
       
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
 
 
PROPOSAL NO. 3 

NON-BINDING ADVISORY VOTE ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The Compensation Discussion and Analysis beginning on page 20 of this Proxy Statement describes the Company’s 
executive compensation program and the compensation decisions that the Compensation Committee and Board of Directors 
made in fiscal year 2015 with respect to the compensation of our named executive officers. The Board of Directors is asking 
stockholders to cast a non-binding, advisory vote FOR the following resolution:  

“RESOLVED, that the compensation paid to the Company’s named executive officers, as disclosed pursuant to Item 
402 of Regulation S-K, including the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, compensation tables and narrative 
discussion, is hereby APPROVED on an advisory basis.” 

We  urge  stockholders  to  read  the  Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis  beginning  on  page  20  of  this  Proxy 
Statement, as well as the Summary Compensation Table and related compensation tables, appearing on pages 27 through 30, 
which provide detailed information on the Company’s compensation policies and practices. 

As we describe in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, our executive compensation program is designed to 
attract, reward and retain talented officers and embodies a pay-for-performance philosophy that supports Landec’s business 
strategy and aligns the interests of our executives with our stockholders. Specifically, executive compensation is allocated 
among base salaries and short- and long-term incentive compensation. The base salaries are fixed in order to provide the 
executives with a stable cash income, which allows them to focus on the Company’s strategies and objectives as a whole, 
while the short- and long-term incentive compensation are designed to both reward the named executive officers based on 
the Company’s overall performance and align the named executive officers’ interests with those of our stockholders. Our 
annual cash incentive award program is intended to encourage our named executive officers to focus on specific short-term 
goals important to our success. Our executive officers’ cash incentive awards are determined based on objective performance 
criteria. The Company’s current practice is to grant our named executive officers both options and restricted stock units. This 
mixture is designed to provide a balance between the goals of increasing the price of our Common Stock and aligning the 
interests of our executive officers with those of our stockholders (as stock options only have value if the stock price increases 
after the option is granted) and encouraging retention of our executive officers. Because grants are generally subject to vesting 
schedules, they help ensure that executives always have significant value tied to long-term stock price performance. 

For these reasons, the Board of Directors is asking stockholders to support this proposal. Although the vote we are 
asking  you  to  cast  is  non-binding,  the  Compensation  Committee  and  the  Board  of  Directors  value  the  views  of  our 
stockholders and will consider the outcome of the vote when determining future compensation arrangements for our named 
executive officers.  

At the 2014 annual meeting of stockholders, 97.9% of votes cast expressed support for our compensation policies 

and practices, and we believe our program continues to be effective. 

THE  BOARD  OF  DIRECTORS  RECOMMENDS  A  VOTE  “FOR”  APPROVAL  OF  THE  ADVISORY 
RESOLUTION ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION. 

13 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION 

The following table summarizes information with respect to options and other equity awards under Landec’s equity 

compensation plans as of May 31, 2015: 

Number of 
Securities to be 
Issued Upon 
Exercise of 
Outstanding 
Options, Warrants 
and Rights (1)

Weighted Average 
Exercise Price of 
Outstanding 
Options, Warrants 
and Rights (2) 

Number of 
Securities Available 
for Future Issuance 
Under Equity 
Compensation Plans 
(Excluding 
Securities Reflected 
in Column (a))

Plan Category 

Equity compensation plans approved by security 

holders ...............................................................    

2,129,489    $

Total .....................................................................    

2,129,489    $

11.19      

11.19      

881,143(3)

881,143  

(1) 

Includes options and restricted stock units outstanding under Landec’s equity compensation plans, as no stock warrants
or other rights were outstanding as of May 31, 2015. 

(2)  The weighted average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights does not take restricted stock units into 

account as restricted stock units have no purchase price. 

(3)  Represents shares remaining for issuance pursuant to the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan.  

The 2013 Stock Incentive Plan 

The 2013 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2013 Plan”), which was approved by stockholders, authorizes the grant of 
equity  awards,  including  stock  options,  restricted  stock  and  restricted  stock  units  to  employees,  including  officers  and 
directors, outside consultants and non-employee directors of the Company. 2,000,000 shares are authorized to be issued under 
this plan. The exercise price of stock options to be granted under the 2013 Plan will be the fair market value of the Company’s 
Common Stock on the date the options are granted. Options to be granted under the 2013 Plan will generally be exercisable 
upon vesting and will generally vest ratably over three years. 

The 2009 Stock Incentive Plan 

The 2009 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2009 Plan”), which was approved by stockholders and has been terminated, 
authorized  the  grant  of  equity  awards,  including  stock  options,  restricted  stock  and  restricted  stock  units  to  employees, 
including officers  and directors,  outside  consultants  and non-employee  directors  of  the Company.  1,900,000  shares were 
authorized to be issued under this plan. The exercise price of stock options granted under the 2009 Plan was the fair market 
value of the Company’s Common Stock on the date the options were granted. Options granted under the 2009 Plan were 
exercisable upon vesting and generally vested ratably over three years. No further awards will be made pursuant to the 2009 
Plan. 

The 2005 Stock Incentive Plan 

The 2005 Stock Incentive Plan, which was approved by stockholders and has been terminated, authorized the grant 
of equity awards, including stock options, restricted stock units and restricted stock to employees, including officers and 
directors, outside consultants and non-employee directors of the Company. 861,038 shares were authorized to be issued under 
this plan. The exercise price of stock options granted under this plan was the fair market value of the Company’s Common 
Stock on the date the options were granted. Options generally were exercisable upon vesting and generally vested ratably 
over three years. No further awards will be made pursuant to this plan. 

14 

  
  
 
   
    
 
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT 

The information contained in this report shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or “filed” with the SEC or 
subject to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), except to 
the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by reference into a document filed under the Securities Act of 1933, 
as amended (the “Securities Act”), or the Exchange Act. 

Composition 

The  Audit  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors  consists  of  the  three  directors  whose  names  appear  below  and 
operates  under  a  written  charter  adopted  by  the  Board  of  Directors.  Each  member  of  the  Audit  Committee  meets  the 
independence and financial experience requirements of NASDAQ and the SEC currently in effect. In addition, the Board of 
Directors has determined that Mr. Goldby and Ms. Pankopf are audit committee financial experts, as defined by the rules and 
regulations of the SEC. 

Responsibilities 

The responsibilities of the Audit Committee include appointing an independent registered public accounting firm 
and assisting the Board of Director’s oversight of the preparation of the Company’s financial statements. The independent 
registered public accounting firm is responsible for performing an independent audit of the Company’s consolidated financial 
statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing  standards  and  for  issuing  a  report  thereon.  Management  is 
responsible for the Company’s internal controls and financial reporting process. The Audit Committee’s responsibility is to 
oversee these processes and the Company’s internal controls. The Audit Committee members are not acting as professional 
accountants or auditors, and their functions are not to duplicate or to certify the activities of management and the independent 
registered public accounting firm. 

Review with Management and Independent Auditors 

The Audit Committee held four meetings during fiscal year 2015. The Audit Committee met and held discussions 
with management and representatives of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP. 
Management represented to the Audit Committee that the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year 
ended May 31, 2015 were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and the Audit Committee 
has reviewed and discussed the consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2015 with management 
and the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm.  

The Audit Committee met with the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, with and without 
management present, to discuss the overall scope and plans for their audit, the results of their examination, their evaluation 
of  the  Company’s  internal  controls  and  the  overall  quality  of  the  Company’s  financial  reporting.  The  Audit  Committee 
discussed with the independent registered public accounting firm matters required to be discussed by Statement on Auditing 
Standards (“SAS”) No. 114, The Auditor’s Communication with Those Charged with Governance, as adopted by the Public 
Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) in Rule 3200T, which supersedes SAS No. 61, as amended, including 
the judgment of the independent registered public accounting firm as to the quality of the Company’s accounting principles. 

The Audit Committee has received the written disclosures and the letter from Ernst & Young LLP required by the 
PCAOB regarding the independent accountants’ communications with the Audit Committee concerning independence, and 
has discussed with Ernst & Young LLP its independence. 

Summary 

Based  upon  the  Audit  Committee’s  discussions  with  management  and  the  Company’s  independent  registered 
public  accounting  firm,  the  Audit  Committee’s  review  of  the  representations  of  management  and  the  report  of  the 
independent registered public accounting firm to the Audit Committee, the Audit Committee recommended to the Board 
of Directors that the audited consolidated financial statements be included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-
K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2015, as filed with the SEC. 

This report is submitted by the Audit Committee. 

Tonia Pankopf (Chairperson) 
Steven Goldby  
Catherine A. Sohn, Pharma.D. 

15 

  
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY 

The following sets forth certain information with regard to each named executive officer and each current executive 

officer of the Company. Ages are as of August 17, 2015. 

Gary T. Steele (age 66) has been President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of the Company since 1991 and 
Chairman of the Board of Directors since January 1996. Mr. Steele will retire from these positions as of the date of the Annual 
Meeting,  but  will  continue  to  serve  as  a  director  of  the  Company.  Mr.  Steele  has  over  30  years  of  experience  in  the 
biotechnology, instrumentation and material science fields. From 1985 to 1991, Mr. Steele was President and Chief Executive 
Officer of Molecular Devices Corporation, a bioanalytical instrumentation company. From 1981 to 1985, Mr. Steele was 
Vice President, Product Development and Business Development at Genentech, Inc., a biomedical company focusing on 
pharmaceutical drug development. Mr. Steele has also worked with McKinsey & Company and Shell Oil Company. 

Gregory S. Skinner (age 54) has been Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Finance of the Company since 
November 1999 and Vice President of Administration since November 2000. From May 1996 to October 1999, Mr. Skinner 
served as Controller of the Company. From 1994 to 1996, Mr. Skinner was Controller of DNA Plant Technology and from 
1988 to 1994 he was with Litton Electron Devices. Prior to joining Litton Electron Devices, Mr. Skinner was with Litton 
Industries, Inc. and Arthur Anderson & Company. 

Molly A. Hemmeter (age 48) has been elected to serve as the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer 
effective as of the date of the Annual Meeting. She has served as Chief Operating Officer of the Company since January 
2014. Prior to that she served as Chief Commercial Officer of the Company from December 2010 to January 2014 and Vice 
President, Business Development and Global Marketing of the Company from June 2009 to December 2010. From July 2006 
until  joining  the  Company  in  June  2009,  Ms.  Hemmeter  was  Vice  President  of  Global  Marketing  and  New  Business 
Development for the Performance Materials division of Ashland, Inc., a global specialty chemicals company. Prior to joining 
Ashland,  Inc.,  Ms.  Hemmeter  was  Vice  President  of  Strategy  and  Marketing  for  Siterra  Corporation  in  San  Francisco,  a 
privately held company delivering on-demand software for managing real estate asset portfolios.    

Ronald L. Midyett (age 49) has been elected to serve as the Company’s Chief Operating Officer effective as of the 
date of the Annual Meeting. He has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Apio since January 2008, and a Vice 
President of the Company since February 2008. Mr. Midyett joined Apio in May 2005 as Chief Operating Officer. Prior to 
joining Apio, Mr. Midyett was Senior Vice President of Operations for Dole Fresh Vegetables. Mr. Midyett has over 20 years 
of technology and operations experience in the produce industry. Mr. Midyett was chairman of the board of directors of the 
United Fresh Fruit and Vegetable Association from April 2013 through April 2014 and is currently a member of its executive 
committee. Mr. Midyett is currently a director of Windset Holdings 2010 Ltd., a privately held Canadian corporation. 

Larry D. Hiebert (age 59) has been President of Lifecore and a Vice President of the Company since June 2013.  Mr. 
Hiebert served as Lifecore’s Vice President and General Manager from July 2006 to June 2013. Prior to that he was Lifecore’s 
Vice President of Operations from March 2004 to June 2006 and Director of Operations from March 1997 to March 2004, 
and held various Manufacturing and Materials Management positions within Lifecore from October 1983 to March 1997. 
Mr. Hiebert has over 30 years of operational experience in the biomaterials industry. 

Steven P. Bitler, Ph.D. (age 57) has been Vice President, Corporate Technology of the Company since March 2002. 
From 1988 until March 2002, Dr. Bitler held various positions with the Company related to the Company’s polymer product 
development and thermal switch products. Prior to joining the Company, Dr. Bitler developed new high strength polymeric 
materials at SRI International.  

16 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
COMMON STOCK OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT 

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of the Company’s Common Stock as of August 17, 2015 as 
to (i) each person who is known by the Company to beneficially own more than five percent of any class of the Company’s 
voting stock, (ii) each of the Company’s directors, (iii) each of the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation 
Table of this proxy statement (the “Named Executive Officers”), and (iv) all directors and executive officers as a group. The 
business address of each director and executive officer named below is c/o Landec Corporation, 3603 Haven Avenue, Menlo 
Park, CA 94025.  

Shares Beneficially Owned (1) 

Number of Shares 
of Common Stock 

Percent of Total (2) 

2,650,000 (3) 

9.81% 

2,272,648 (4) 

8.41% 

1,742,075 (5) 

6.45% 

1,539,220 (6) 

5.70% 

1,441,871 (7) 

5.34% 

221,342 (8) 

* 

359,776 (9) 

1.33% 

98,332 (10) 

131,854 (11) 

25,301 (12) 

* 

* 

* 

Name 

5% Stockholders 

Wynnefield Capital, Inc ............................................................ 
450 Seventh Ave, #509 
New York, NY 10123 

Dimensional Fund Advisors, L.P. ............................................. 
6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One 
Austin, TX 78746 

BlackRock, Inc .......................................................................... 
40 E. 52nd Street 
New York, NY 10022 

NWQ Investment Management Company, LLC ....................... 
2049 Century Park East, 16th Floor 
Los Angeles, CA 90067 

Ariel Investments LLC .............................................................. 
200 E. Randolph Street, Suite 2700 
Chicago, IL 60601 

Executive Officers and Directors  

Gary T. Steele ........................................................................... 
President and Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the 
Board of Directors 

Gregory S. Skinner .................................................................... 
Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Finance & 
Administration  

Molly A. Hemmeter .................................................................. 
Chief Operating Officer 

Ronald L. Midyett ..................................................................... 
President and Chief Executive Officer of Apio, Inc and Vice 
President of Landec  

Larry D. Hiebert ........................................................................ 
President of Lifecore Biomedical, Inc. and Vice President of 
Landec  

17 

  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
      
  
       
 
      
  
       
 
   
     
 
  
   
   
     
  
 
   
     
 
  
   
   
     
  
 
   
     
 
  
   
   
     
  
 
   
     
 
  
   
   
     
  
 
   
     
 
  
   
   
     
  
 
   
   
     
  
 
   
     
 
  
   
   
     
  
 
   
     
 
  
   
   
     
  
 
   
     
 
  
   
   
     
  
 
   
     
 
  
   
   
     
  
 
   
     
 
   
 
 
Name 

Shares Beneficially Owned (1) 

Number of Shares 
of Common Stock 

      Percent of Total (2) 

Albert D. Bolles, Ph.D., Director .....................................................    

4,219   

Frederick Frank, Director .................................................................    

66,162  (13) 

Steven Goldby, Director ...................................................................    

47,716  (14) 

Dean Hollis, Director .......................................................................    

41,049  (15) 

Tonia Pankopf, Director ...................................................................    

15,143  (16) 

Catherine A. Sohn, Pharma.D., Director ..........................................    

17,437  (17) 

Robert Tobin, Director .....................................................................    

56,227  (18) 

Nicholas Tompkins, Director ...........................................................    

47,238  (19) 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

All directors and executive officers as a group (14 persons) ............    

1,232,795  (20) 

4.47% 

* Less than 1% 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

(6) 

(7) 

(8) 

(9) 

Except as indicated in the footnotes to this table and pursuant to applicable community property laws, the persons 
named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of capital stock. 

As  of  August  17,  2015,  27,010,381  shares  of  Common  Stock  were  issued  and  outstanding.  Percentages  are
calculated with respect to a holder of options exercisable within 60 days after August 17, 2015 as if such holder
had exercised his options. Option shares held by other holders are not included in the percentage calculation with
respect to any other holder. 

This information is based on a Form 13F filed by Wynnefield Capital, Inc with the SEC showing such beneficial
owner’s holdings as of June 30, 2015. 

This information is based on a Form 13F filed by Dimensional Fund Advisors LP with the SEC showing such 
beneficial owner’s holdings as of June 30, 2015. 

This information is based on a Form 13F filed by the five institutions with the SEC: BlackRock Institutional Trust
Company,  N.A.;  BlackRock  Fund  Advisors;  BlackRock  Advisors,  LLC;  BlackRock  Investment  Management, 
LLC; and BlackRock Asset Management Canada Limited under the parent company BlackRock, Inc showing its
holdings as of June 30, 2015.  

This information is based on a Form 13F filed by NWQ Investment Management Company, LLC with the SEC 
showing such beneficial owner’s holdings as of June 30, 2015. 

This information is based on a Form 13F filed by Ariel Investments, LLC with the SEC showing such beneficial
owner’s holdings as of June 30, 2015. 

This number includes 67,176 shares held in trust of which Mr. Steele is a beneficial owner. This number also
includes 154,166 shares subject to outstanding stock options exercisable within 60 days after August 17, 2015.  

This number includes 125,833 shares subject to outstanding stock options exercisable within 60 days after August
17, 2015. 

(10) 

This number includes 98,332 shares subject to outstanding stock options exercisable within 60 days after August
17, 2015. 

18 

 
   
 
  
   
  
     
  
 
   
 
  
   
   
     
  
 
     
 
  
   
   
     
  
 
     
 
  
   
   
     
  
 
     
 
  
   
   
     
  
 
     
 
  
   
   
     
  
 
     
 
  
   
   
     
  
 
     
 
  
   
   
     
  
 
     
 
  
   
   
     
  
 
     
 
  
   
   
     
  
 
     
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
(11) 

(12) 

(13) 

(14) 

(15) 

(16) 

(17) 

(18) 

This number includes 26,666 shares subject to outstanding stock options exercisable within 60 days after August
17, 2015.  

This number includes 19,000 shares subject to outstanding stock options exercisable within 60 days after August
17, 2015. 

This number includes 20,000 shares subject to outstanding stock options exercisable within 60 days after August
17, 2015. 

This number includes 30,000 shares subject to outstanding stock options exercisable within 60 days after August
17, 2015. 

This number includes 25,000 shares subject to outstanding stock options exercisable within 60 days after August
17, 2015. 

This number includes 6,389 shares subject to outstanding stock options exercisable within 60 days after August 
17, 2015. 

This number includes 9,722 shares subject to outstanding stock options exercisable within 60 days after August
17, 2015. 

This number includes 30,000 shares subject to outstanding stock options exercisable within 60 days after August 
17, 2015. 

   (19) 

This number includes 47,238 shares held in trust of which Mr. Tompkins is a beneficial owner.  

(20) 

This number includes an aggregate of 595,662 shares held by officers and directors that are subject to outstanding
stock options exercisable within 60 days after August 17, 2015.  

19 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
 
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION AND RELATED INFORMATION 

Compensation Discussion and Analysis 

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis (“CD&A”) section discusses the compensation programs and policies 
for our Named  Executive Officers.  The  CD&A  also provides  an overview of  the  Compensation  Committee’s  role  in  the 
design and administration of these programs and policies, and its role in making specific compensation decisions for our 
Named Executive Officers. Our Named Executive Officers for fiscal year 2015 were Gary T. Steele, President and Chief 
Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, Gregory S. Skinner, Vice President of Finance and Administration and Chief 
Financial Officer, Molly A. Hemmeter, Chief Operating Officer, Ronald L. Midyett, President and Chief Executive Officer 
of Apio and Larry D. Hiebert, President of Lifecore.  

Overview of Compensation Program and Philosophy 

Landec’s compensation program is intended to meet three principal objectives: (1) attract, reward and retain officers 
and other key employees; (2) motivate these individuals to achieve the Company’s short-term and long-term corporate goals; 
and (3) align the interests of our executives with those of our stockholders.  

The compensation program is designed to balance an executive’s achievements in managing the day-to-day business 
and  addressing  shorter-term  challenges  facing  the  Company  or  its  subsidiaries,  such  as  the  effects  of  weather-related 
disruptions and competitive pressures, with incentives to achieve our long-term vision to be the innovative leader in our food 
products technology and hyaluronan-based biomaterials businesses.  

The above policies guide the Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) in assessing the proper allocation among 
long-term  compensation,  current  cash  compensation  and  short-term  bonus  compensation.  Other  considerations  include 
Landec’s  business  objectives,  its  fiduciary  and  corporate  responsibilities  (including  internal  equity  considerations  and 
affordability), competitive practices and trends, and regulatory requirements. 

Establishing Executive Compensation 

Landec’s  executive  compensation program  is  overseen  and  administered  by  the  Committee,  which  is comprised 
entirely of independent directors as determined in accordance with applicable NASDAQ, SEC and Internal Revenue Code 
rules. The Committee operates under a written charter adopted by our Board of Directors. A copy of the Committee’s charter 
is available at www.landec.com. 

In determining the particular elements of compensation that are used to implement Landec’s overall compensation 
policies,  the  Committee  takes  into  consideration  a  number  of  objective  factors  related  to  Landec’s  performance,  such  as 
Landec’s earnings per share, profitability, revenue growth and business-unit-specific operational and financial performance, 
as well as the competitive practices among our peer group. The Committee evaluates the Company’s financial and strategic 
performance in the context of determining compensation as well as the individual performance of each Named Executive 
Officer.  

The Committee meets regularly to review overall executive compensation. The Committee also meets with Landec’s 
President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Steele, and other executives to obtain recommendations with respect to Company 
compensation programs, practices and packages for executives and other employees. The CEO makes recommendations to 
the Committee on the base salary, bonus targets and equity compensation for the executive team and other employees, but 
not for himself. The Committee, however, has the ultimate responsibility for determining executive compensation, which is 
recommended to the Board of Directors for its final approval.  

Peer Group 

The Committee uses peer group information to provide context for its compensation decision-making for the Named 
Executive  Officers.  The  Committee  monitors  the  peer  group  to  assess  its  appropriateness  as  a  source  of  competitive 
compensation  data  and  reassesses  the  relevance  of  the  peer  group  as  needed.  In  an  effort  to  more  accurately  reflect  the 
significant portion of the Company’s business attributable to Apio’s operations, the peer group was adjusted and simplified 
in 2014, to allow for comparisons on how these peers address the volatility and unpredictability of financial results as well 
as to assess competitive pay levels in the food and life sciences industries. The Committee did not revise its peer group for 
fiscal year 2015, which remains as follows: Anika Therapeutics, Balchem,  Calavo Growers, Cal-Maine Foods, Diamond 

20 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Foods,  Farmer  Bros.,  Hi-Tech  Pharmacal,  J&J  Snack  Foods,  John  B  Sanfilippo  &  Sons,  Limoneira,  Nature’s  Sunshine 
Products, Omega Protein, Penford, Seneca, and Surmodics.   

Peer group data is gathered with respect to base salary, bonus targets and all equity and non-equity awards (including 

stock options, performance shares, restricted stock and long-term, cash-based awards).  

Landec’s goal is to target total compensation for Named Executive Officers at a level that is competitive with the 
50th percentile within the selected peer group for the Named Executive Officers. The Committee analyzes base pay, target 
cash compensation and target total direct compensation to determine if there are any variances between the peer group and 
the Company’s compensation targets.  

Clawback Policy 

In  May  2014,  the  Board  of  Directors  adopted  an  executive  compensation  clawback  policy,  which  provides  for 
recoupment of executive incentive compensation in the event of certain restatements of financial results of the Company. 
Under the policy, in the event of a substantial restatement of the Company’s financial results due to material noncompliance 
with financial reporting requirements, if the Board of Directors determines in good faith that any portion of a current or 
former  executive  officer’s  incentive  compensation  was  paid  as  a  result  of  such  noncompliance,  then  the  Company  may 
recover that portion of such compensation that was based on the erroneous financial data. In determining whether to seek 
recovery  of  compensation,  the  Board  of  Directors  or  the  Committee  may  take  into  account  any  considerations  it  deems 
appropriate, including whether the assertion of a claim may violate applicable law or adversely impact the interests of the 
Company in any related proceeding or investigation, the extent to which the executive officer was responsible for the error 
that resulted in the restatement, and the cost and likely outcome of any potential litigation in connection with the Company’s 
attempts to recoup such compensation. 

Elements of Compensation 

There  are  three  major  elements  that  comprise  Landec’s  compensation  program:  (i)  base  salary;  (ii)  annual  cash 
incentive opportunities, including bonuses; and (iii) equity incentives in the form of stock options and/or restricted stock unit 
awards. 

Base Salaries 

The base salaries of executive officers are set at levels intended to be competitive with those companies in our peer 
groups with which we compete for executive talent. In determining base salary, the Committee also considers factors such as 
job performance, skill set, prior experience, the executive’s time in his or her position and with Landec, internal consistency 
regarding pay levels for similar positions or skill levels within the Company, external pressures to attract and retain talent, 
and market conditions generally. 

Base  salaries  are  not  adjusted  annually  but  are  generally  adjusted  when  the  Committee  judges  that  a  change  is 
warranted by a change in an executive officer’s responsibilities, demonstrated performance or relevant market data. For a 
discussion of base  salary  decisions  made  in or  for  fiscal year  2015,  see  “Compensation of  Chief  Executive Officer”  and 
“Compensation of Other Named Executive Officers” below. 

Annual Cash Incentive Award Plan 

Landec maintains an annual cash incentive award plan for senior executives to encourage and reward achievement 
of Landec’s business goals and to assist Landec in attracting and retaining executives by offering an opportunity to earn a 
competitive level of compensation. This plan is consistent with our overall “pay-for-performance” compensation objective 
and our goal of attracting and retaining top level executive officers in the industry. In keeping with our “pay for performance” 
philosophy, a portion of our Named Executive Officers’ annual compensation is “at risk” compensation, resulting in years, 
such as fiscal year 2014, in which most of our Named Executive Officers received no annual cash incentive award. Award 
targets are set as a percentage of base salary. Incentive award targets and ranges are typically set early in each fiscal year, 
together with specific  criteria  for  corporate,  business  unit  and  individual  objectives. The  overall  corporate  objectives  are 
intended  to  be  challenging  but  achievable.  Such  objectives  are  based  on  actual  performance  compared  to  predetermined 
financial performance targets, which are weighted depending upon whether the employee is a member of a business unit or 
the corporate staff. Incentive award targets and criteria for executive officers are subject to approval by the Committee.  

21 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Fiscal Year 2015 Cash Incentive Award Plan  

At the beginning of fiscal year 2015, the Committee approved the cash incentive award plan for the year (the “2015 
Incentive  Award  Plan”),  which  included  financial  objectives  for  each  business  unit  and  at  the  corporate  level  on  a 
consolidated basis. The financial objectives were based on the internally-developed financial plan for the fiscal year. In fiscal 
year  2015,  the  Company’s  financial  performance  was  measured  based  on  established  targets  for  revenues  and  operating 
income. With respect to 80% of the award payable to each Named Executive Officer under the 2015 Incentive Award Plan, 
a specific operating income target had to be met in order for the officer to earn that portion of the award. Payment of the 
remaining 20% of the award payable to each Named Executive Officer was subject to the condition that management present 
an operating plan for fiscal year 2016 in which the Company would achieve a specific target for net earnings per share, and 
that such operating plan be approved by the Board of Directors. For fiscal year 2015, the CEO’s target cash incentive award 
was 100% of his base salary, and the other Named Executive Officers’ target incentive awards ranged from 50% to 60% of 
base salary.  

For Messrs. Steele and Skinner (the “Corporate Executives”), the award target for fiscal year 2015 was based on 
the Company’s annual consolidated financial results, and consisted of targets for the Company’s consolidated revenues of 
$520.6 million and consolidated operating income of $21.0 million. For Mr. Midyett and Ms. Hemmeter, the award target 
was based on Apio’s annual financial results, and consisted of targets for Apio’s revenues of $472.7 million and operating 
income of $21.4 million. For Mr. Hiebert, the award target was based on Lifecore’s annual financial results, and consisted of 
targets for Lifecore’s revenues of $47.4 million and operating income of $10.5 million. 

Based on the metrics described above, the Named Executive Officers’ target incentive awards, maximum awards 

and actual amounts earned for fiscal year 2015 were as follows: 

Named Executive Officer 
Gary T. Steele.................................................................................  $
Gregory S. Skinner .........................................................................  $
Molly A. Hemmeter .......................................................................  $
Ronald L. Midyett ..........................................................................  $
Larry D. Hiebert .............................................................................  $

Long-Term Incentive Compensation 

Target  
Incentive 
Awards

Maximum  
Incentive 
Awards 

Earned 
Incentive 
Awards 

500,000    $
195,000    $
172,500    $
170,000    $
150,000    $

500,000    $ 
325,000    $ 
345,000    $ 
340,000    $ 
300,000    $ 

399,569 
155,832 
195,079 
192,246 
30,000 

Landec provides  long-term  incentive  compensation  through  equity-based  awards, generally  in  the  form  of  stock 
options and restricted stock units (also referred to as “restricted stock units,” “RSUs” or “stock awards”) under a broad-
based equity award program (“Equity Award Plan”). Landec’s Equity Award Plan is intended to align the interests of officers 
with those of the stockholders by creating an incentive for officers to maximize long-term stockholder value. The Equity 
Award Plan also is designed to encourage officers to remain employed with Landec despite a competitive labor market in its 
industry.  

Awards to eligible employees, including Named Executive Officers, are generally made on an annual basis. Awards 
must be approved by the Committee or the Board of Directors. Awards typically take the form of stock options and RSUs, 
and  are  generally  granted  with  a  three-year  vesting  schedule.  In  general,  the  number  of  options/RSUs  awarded  to  each 
executive  officer  is  determined  subjectively  based  on  a  number  of  factors,  including  an  analysis  of  peer  group  data,  the 
officer’s degree of responsibility, general level of performance, ability to affect future Company performance, salary level 
and recent noteworthy achievements, as well as prior years’ awards. All stock option grants have a per share exercise price 
equal to the fair market value of Landec Common Stock on the grant date. The Committee has not granted, nor does it intend 
in  the  future  to  grant,  equity  compensation  awards  to  executives  in  anticipation  of  the  release  of  material  nonpublic 
information that is likely to result in changes to the price of Landec Common Stock, such as a significant positive or negative 
earnings announcement. Similarly, the Committee has not timed and does not intend to time the release of material nonpublic 
information based on equity award grant dates. Also, because equity compensation awards typically vest over a three-year 
period, the value to recipients of any immediate increase in the price of Landec’s stock following a grant will be attenuated. 

The Committee regularly monitors the environment in which Landec operates and makes changes to the Equity 
Award Plan and the overall annual compensation paid to executives in order to help the Company meet its goals, including 
achieving long-term stockholder value. The Company has granted both stock options and RSUs as part of the Equity Award 
Plan. Landec grants stock options because they can be an effective tool for meeting Landec’s compensation goal of increasing 
22 

  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
long-term stockholder value. Employees are able to profit from stock options only if Landec’s stock price increases in value 
over the stock option’s exercise price. Landec believes that the options it grants provide effective incentives to option holders 
to achieve increases in the value of Landec’s stock. Landec grants RSUs because they provide a more predictable value to 
employees than stock options, and therefore are efficient tools in retaining and motivating employees, while also serving as 
an incentive to increase the value of Landec’s stock. RSUs also can be a more efficient means of using equity plan share 
reserves because fewer RSUs are needed to provide a retention and incentive value as compared to awards of stock options. 

During fiscal year 2015, the Committee granted awards under the Equity Award Plan to executive officers, including 
our Named Executive Officers, as noted below under “Grants of Plan-Based Awards”. In making this determination, the 
Committee considered prior awards made to our Named Executive Officers and the value of such holdings as well as the 
overall compensation package paid to our executive officers for fiscal year 2015. These awards are reflected in compensation 
paid to our Named Executive Officers for fiscal year 2015. 

Stock Ownership Requirement 

The Board of Directors has determined that ownership of Landec Common Stock by officers and directors promotes 
a focus on long-term growth and aligns the interests of the Company’s officers and directors with those of its stockholders. 
As a result, the Board of Directors has adopted stock ownership guidelines stating that the Company’s non-employee directors 
and its executive officers should maintain certain minimum ownership levels of Common Stock. Under these guidelines, the 
Company’s Chief Executive Officer is expected to maintain ownership of Common Stock having a value of at least five times 
his or her annual base salary, and the Company’s other executive officers are expected to maintain ownership of Common 
Stock having a value of at least three times their base salaries. For purposes of the guidelines, the value of a share of Common 
Stock is measured as the greater of (i) the then current market price or (ii) the closing price of a share of Common Stock on 
the date when the stock was acquired, or the vesting date in the case of RSUs.  

Newly-appointed executive officers have five years from the date they are appointed or promoted to meet these 
guidelines. Persons who became executive officers prior to May 31, 2015 have until May 31, 2020 to meet the guidelines. In 
the event of an increase in base salary, the executive officer will have two years from the date of the increase to acquire any 
additional shares or RSUs needed to meet the guidelines. Until the required ownership level is reached, executive officers 
are required to retain 50% of net shares acquired upon any future vesting of RSUs and/or exercise of stock options, after 
deducting shares used to pay any applicable taxes and/or exercise price. 

Long-Term Incentive Plan 

On  July  25,  2013,  the  Board  of  Directors  approved  a  long-term  incentive  plan  (“LTIP”)  under  which  certain 
employees  (“Participating  Employees”)  of  the  Company  selected  by  the  Committee,  including  the  Company’s  Named 
Executive Officers, were eligible to receive bonuses based on the Company’s aggregate operating income, excluding non-
recurring  events  and  future  acquisitions  (“Adjusted  Operating  Income”)  for  fiscal  years  2014,  2015  and  2016.  If  the 
aggregate  Adjusted  Operating  Income  for  those  fiscal  years  met  a  specified  target  amount,  each  Participating  Employee 
would receive a bonus equal to the average of his or her annual base salary during those fiscal years or such shorter period 
of  time  as  such  Participating  Employee  was  receiving  a  base  salary  (the  “Target  Bonus”).  If  the  aggregate  Adjusted 
Operating Income for fiscal years 2014, 2015 and 2016 exceeds the target amount, then a sum equal to 15% of the excess 
would be added to the bonus pool and distributed to the Participating Employees pro rata based on the Target Bonus payable 
to each of them, subject to his or her continuing as an employee or director of the Company through the last day of fiscal year 
2016. During fiscal year 2015, the Company determined that it was unlikely that the three-year Adjusted Operating Income 
target would be met, and therefore, all LTIP bonus accruals were reversed during fiscal year 2015. 

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan  

On July 25, 2013, the Board approved the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Deferral Plan”) for non-
employee  directors  and  certain  participating  employees,  including  the  Named  Executive  Officers.  The  Deferral  Plan  is 
administered by a committee consisting of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company or 
persons designated by them. The Deferral Plan allows non-employee directors to defer up to 100% of the fees earned for 
their service as director and allows participating employees to defer up to 50% of their base salary and up to 100% of their 
annual cash bonus. Any amounts deferred by a participating employee are invested on behalf of the participating employee, 
and  any  investment  returns  earned  thereon  are  credited  to  the  participating  employee’s  account.  Investment  options  are 
determined by the committee that administers the Deferral Plan. Each participating employee may designate the investment 
option or options for his or her account and may change those investment options at any time.  

23 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
A participating employee may elect to receive distributions from his or her account beginning in a specified payment 
year no sooner than three years after the calendar year to which the deferred compensation relates, to be paid in a lump sum 
or in annual installments not to exceed ten years, according to the participating employee’s election. This election is made at 
the  time  when  the  participating  employee  makes  an  election  to  defer  compensation.  The  participating  employee  may 
subsequently elect to delay the year in which deferred compensation is paid, provided that such election must be made at 
least 12 months before the year in which payment was previously scheduled to occur, must specify a new payment year that 
is at least five years after the year in which payment was to be made and will not take effect for 12 months. A participating 
employee  will  also  receive  distributions  upon  the  occurrence  of  certain  events  specified  in  Deferral  Plan,  including 
termination of employment.  

The Company has the discretion, but not the obligation, to make contributions to the Deferral Plan for the benefit of 

the participating employees, subject to the terms and conditions of the Deferral Plan.  

Retirement Benefits under the 401(k) Plan, Executive Perquisites and Generally Available Benefit Programs 

Landec  maintains  a  tax-qualified  401(k)  plan  (the  “401(k)  Plan”),  which  provides  for  broad-based  employee 
participation. Under the 401(k) Plan, all Landec employees are eligible to receive matching contributions from Landec. The 
401(k) Plan is a safe harbor plan (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) with a safe harbor match of 100% on the 
first 3% of deferrals and 50% on the next 2% of each participant’s pretax contributions; and the match is calculated and paid 
to participants’ accounts on a payroll-by-payroll basis, subject to applicable federal limits. The 401(k) Plan does not have an 
associated  vesting  schedule.  Landec  also  makes  an  annual  “reconciling  match”  by  recalculating  the  regular  matching 
contribution as if it were paid on an annualized, instead of payroll-by-payroll, basis. If the annualized matching contribution 
would  have  been  higher,  Landec  makes  a  contribution  to  the  participant’s  account  in  an  amount  equal  to  the  difference 
between the two amounts. Other than the 401(k) Plan, Landec does not provide defined benefit pension plans or defined 
contribution retirement plans to its executives or other employees. 

Landec also offers a number of other benefits to the Named Executive Officers pursuant to benefit programs that 
provide for broad-based employee participation. These benefit programs include medical, dental and vision insurance, long-
term and short-term disability insurance, life and accidental death and dismemberment insurance, health and dependent care 
flexible spending accounts, wellness programs, educational assistance and certain other benefits.  

The 401(k) Plan and other generally available benefit programs allow Landec to remain competitive with respect to 
employee talent, and Landec believes that the availability of the benefit programs generally enhances employee productivity 
and  loyalty  to  Landec.  The  main  objectives  of  Landec’s  benefit  programs  are  to  give  our  employees  access  to  quality 
healthcare,  financial  protection  from  unforeseen  events,  assistance  in  achieving  retirement  financial  goals  and  enhanced 
health and productivity. These generally available benefits typically do not specifically factor into decisions regarding an 
individual executive’s total compensation or equity award package. 

Compensation of Chief Executive Officer 

On June 19, 2014, the Company entered into a new executive employment agreement with Mr. Steele, (the “Steele 
Agreement”), effective as of May 26, 2014, setting forth the terms of his employment.  The Steele Agreement expires on 
May 29, 2016 unless renewed or extended by both parties, and provides that Mr. Steele shall be paid an annual base salary 
of  $500,000  through  the  term  of  the  Steele  Agreement,  and  continues  to  participate  in  the  annual  cash  incentive  award 
plan.  Mr. Steele is also eligible for grants of equity interests under the Equity Award Plan at such times and in such amounts 
as determined by the Committee. See the section entitled “Employment Contracts and Potential Payments upon Termination 
or  Change  in  Control”  for  a  further  discussion  of  the  terms  of  the  Steele  Agreement.  Mr.  Steele  is  retiring  as  President, 
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, effective on the date of the Annual Meeting. 

On July 23, 2015, the Board of Directors elected Molly Hemmeter to replace Mr. Steele as President and Chief 
Executive Officer, effective on the date of the Annual Meeting. Upon the effectiveness of her election, Ms. Hemmeter’s 
annual base salary will be increased to $475,000, and her target bonus under the 2015 Incentive Award Plan will be increased 
to 100% of base salary. 

In making decisions with respect to Mr. Steele’s salary, target bonus and equity compensation grant, the Committee 
relied on the peer group data described above and gave considerable weight to the Chief Executive Officer’s significant and 
direct  influence  over  Landec’s  overall  performance.  In  determining  Ms.  Hemmeter’s  salary  and  target  bonus  when  she 
becomes Chief Executive Officer, the Committee also relied on the peer group data described above and considered Ms. 

24 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Hemmeter’s accomplishments as Chief Operating Officer and her expected influence of the Company’s future performance. 
The Committee also considered the overall compensation policies discussed above.  

As discussed above under “Annual Cash Incentive Award Plan,” Landec’s actual financial performance for fiscal 
year 2015 resulted in an incentive award payment to Mr. Steele under the 2015 Incentive Award Plan equal to $399,569. As 
noted below under “Grants of Plan-Based Awards”, during fiscal year 2015, the Committee granted Mr. Steele an option to 
purchase 60,000 shares of Common Stock and 20,000 RSUs. Mr. Steele’s total compensation for fiscal year 2015 was below 
the 50th percentile of companies described above under “Peer Group.” 

Compensation of Other Named Executive Officers 

On  December  7,  2012,  the  Company  entered  into  an  executive  employment  agreement  with  Mr.  Skinner  (the 
“Skinner Agreement”), effective as of January 1, 2013, setting forth the terms of his employment.  The Skinner Agreement 
expires on December 31, 2015 unless renewed or extended by both parties, and provides that Mr. Skinner shall be paid an 
annual base salary of $310,000 through the term of the Skinner Agreement (Mr. Skinner’s base salary was recently increased 
by the Compensation Committee to $380,000 commencing in fiscal year 2016), and continue to participate in the annual cash 
incentive award plan.  Mr. Skinner is also eligible for grants of equity interests under the Equity Award Plan at such times 
and  in  such  amounts  as  determined  by  the  Committee.  See  the  section  entitled  “Employment  Contracts  and  Potential 
Payments upon Termination or Change in Control” for a further discussion of the terms of the Skinner Agreement.  

In making decisions with respect to base salary for Named Executive Officers other than the CEO, the Committee 
reviews peer group data as described above and takes into account the date of the most recent adjustment in the base pay of 
each Named Executive Officer.  

As indicated above under “Annual Cash Incentive Award Plan,” each of the Named Executive Officers, other than 
Larry Hiebert, received cash awards under the 2015 Incentive Award Plan as a result of the financial performance of the 
Company and Apio, which exceeded the target approved by the Committee at the beginning of fiscal year 2015, and each of 
the Named Executive Officers received cash awards under the 2015 Incentive Award Plan as a result of meeting the 2016 
operating plan targets. As noted below under “Grants of Plan-Based Awards”, the Committee granted equity awards to the 
Named Executive Officers under the Equity Award Plan in fiscal year 2015. The total compensation received by each Named 
Executive Officer during fiscal year 2015 was below the 50th percentile for his or her peer group as described above under 
“Peer Group.” 

Say on Pay Voting Results 

At the 2014 annual meeting of stockholders, the Company asked stockholders to cast a non-binding advisory vote 
to  approve  the  compensation  of  the  Named  Executive Officers  as disclosed  in  the  2014 proxy  statement.  The  holders  of 
97.9% of the shares present and voting at the 2014 annual meeting of stockholders voted for approval of the compensation 
of our Named Executive Officers. The Company is pleased with this result and believes that stockholders confirmed our 
executive compensation philosophy, policies and programs. The Committee took these results into account by continuing to 
emphasize our pay-for-performance philosophy which utilizes performance measures that provide incentives to deliver value 
to our stockholders.  

Compliance with Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m) 

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, generally disallows a tax deduction to public 
companies for certain compensation in excess of $1 million paid to a company’s executive officers. Certain compensation, 
including qualified performance-based compensation, will not be subject to the deduction limit if specified requirements are 
met. The Committee reviews the potential effect of Section 162(m) periodically and may seek to structure the long-term 
incentive compensation granted to Named Executive Officers in a manner that is intended to avoid disallowance of deductions 
under Section 162(m). Nevertheless, there can be no assurance that compensation attributable to long-term incentive awards 
will be treated as qualified performance-based compensation under Section 162(m). In addition, the Committee reserves the 
right to authorize compensation payments that may be in excess of the limit when the Committee believes such payments are 
appropriate  and  in  the  best  interest  of  Landec  and  its  stockholders,  after  taking  into  consideration  changing  business 
conditions and the performance of its employees.  

25 

  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
 
 
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation 

The Committee is composed of Mr. Hollis (Chairman), Dr. Sohn, Mr. Frank and Mr. Tobin. During fiscal year 2015, 
none of the Company’s executive officers served on the board of directors of any entities whose directors or officers serve 
on the Committee. None of the Committee’s current or former  members has at any time been an officer or employee of 
Landec. None of Landec’s executive officers currently serve, or in the past fiscal year have served, as members of the board 
of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving on Landec’s Board 
of Directors or the Committee. 

Compensation Committee Report 

The information contained in this report shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or “filed” with the SEC or 
subject to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, except to the extent that Landec specifically incorporates it by 
reference into a document filed under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act. 

The Committee has reviewed and discussed with management the Compensation Discussion and Analysis for fiscal 
year 2015. Based on the review and discussions, the Committee recommended to the Board of Directors, and the Board of 
Directors has approved, that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in Landec’s Proxy Statement for its 
2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and incorporated into our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 
31, 2015. 

This report is submitted by the Committee. 

Dean Hollis (Chairman) 
Frederick Frank 
Robert Tobin 
Catherine A. Sohn, Pharma.D. 

26 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Summary Compensation 

The following table shows compensation information for fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013 for the Named Executive 

Officers.  

Summary Compensation Table  

Name and Principal Position    Year    
Gary T. Steele ...........................  
President, Chief Executive  
Officer and Chairman of the  
Board 

2015     500,000     
  2014     450,000     
  2013     450,000     

Salary 
($) (1) 

Stock 
Awards 
($) (2) 
287,800     
214,500     

Option 
Awards 
($)(3) 
205,380     
198,397     

—        

Non-Equity 
Incentive Plan 
Compensation 
($)(4) 

All Other 
Compensation
($)(5) 

Total  
($) 

399,569       
—       
—       

17,431      1,410,180 
876,845 
13,948     
463,882 
13,882     

Gregory S. Skinner ....................  
Chief Financial Officer and 
V.P. of Finance and  
Administration 

Molly A. Hemmeter ..................  

Chief Operating Officer 

Ronald L Midyett ......................  
President and Chief Executive 
Officer of Apio, Inc. 
Vice President of Landec 

Larry D. Hiebert (6) ..................  

President of Lifecore  
Biomedical, Inc. 
Vice President of Landec 

2015     325,000     
  2014     310,000     
  2013      310,000    

215,850     
143,000     
—     

154,035     
132,265     
—     

155,832       
—       
—       

12,114     
11,160     
10,873     

862,831 
596,425 
320,873 

2015      345,000      1,439,000      1,026,900     
132,265     
—     

  2014     285,000     
2013     285,000     

143,000     
—    

2015     340,000     
  2014     330,000     
  2013     300,000     

143,900     
143,000     
—     

102,690     
132,265     
—    

195,079       
—       
—       

192,246       
—       
—       

12,906      3,018,885 
571,425 
11,160     
293,786 
8,786     

27,652     
26,668     
27,294     

806,488 
631,933 
327,294 

2015     300,000     
2014     259,231     

107,925     
85,800     

77,018     
79,359     

30,000       
130,110      

14,339     
22,872     

529,282 
577,372 

(1)  Includes amounts (if any) deferred at the election of the Named Executive Officer pursuant to the Deferral Plan. 

(2)  Amounts shown do not reflect compensation actually received by the Named Executive Officer. Instead, the amounts
shown are the aggregate grant date fair value of RSUs granted during fiscal year 2015 computed for financial statement 
reporting purposes in accordance with ASC 718. The assumptions used to calculate the value of the RSU awards are set 
forth under Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for 
the fiscal year ended May 31, 2015. In accordance with SEC rules, these amounts exclude estimates of forfeitures in the 
case of awards with service-based vesting conditions. 

(3)  Amounts shown do not reflect compensation actually received by the Named Executive Officer. Instead, the amounts
shown are the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options granted during fiscal year 2015 computed for financial 
statement reporting purposes in accordance with ASC 718. The assumptions used to calculate the value of stock option
awards are set forth under Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in our Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2015. In accordance with SEC rules, these amounts exclude estimates of
forfeitures in the case of awards with service-based vesting conditions. 

(4)  Amounts consist of bonuses earned for meeting and/or exceeding financial performance targets in fiscal year 2015 under

the 2015 Incentive Award Plan.  

(5)  Amounts consist of Company-paid life insurance and an employer 401(k) match for all Named Executive Officers. The
amount shown for Mr. Steele also includes Company-paid disability insurance for which Mr. Steele is the beneficiary.
The  amount  shown  for  Mr.  Hiebert  also  includes  Company-paid  disability  insurance  for  which  Mr.  Heibert  is  the 
beneficiary. For Mr. Midyett, the amount shown includes an annual car allowance of $15,000.  

(6)  Mr. Hiebert became President of Lifecore and a Vice President of the Company on June 1, 2013. 

27 

  
  
  
   
   
   
    
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
      
        
        
        
         
        
 
 
   
 
      
  
    
      
       
        
        
         
        
 
  
 
  
    
      
        
       
        
         
        
 
 
   
 
      
  
    
      
        
        
   
   
         
        
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Grants of Plan-Based Awards  

The following table shows all plan-based awards granted to the Named Executive Officers during fiscal year 2015. 
The  option  awards  and  the  unvested  portion  of  the  stock  awards  identified  in  the  table  below  are  also  reported  in  the 
“Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal 2015 Year-End” table on the following page. 

Grants of Plan-Based Awards  

Name 

Gary T. Steele ..........  

Grant 
Date 

Estimated Future Payouts Under  
Non-Equity Incentive Plan 
Awards (1)
Target  
($)
500,000 

Maximum
($)

Threshold 
($) 

0      

N/A    

5/28/2015     
5/28/2015       

Gregory S. Skinner ..  

0      

195,000 

N/A    

5/28/2015     
5/28/2015       

Molly A. Hemmeter .  

0      

172,500 

N/A   

5/28/2015     
5/28/2015     

Ronald L. Midyett ....  

0      

170,000 

N/A   

5/28/2015     
5/28/2015       

Larry D. Hiebert ......  

0      

150,000 

N/A    

5/28/2015     
5/28/2015       

All Other  
Stock 
Awards: 
Number of 
Shares of
Stock 
or Units (#)

All Other 
Option 
Awards: 
Number  
of Securities      
Underlying  
Options (#)

Exercise or 
Base Price of 
Option 
Awards 
($/share) 

Grant Date 
Fair Value 
of Stock and 
Option
Awards  
($)(2)

—     
20,000     
—     

—     
15,000     
—     

—      
—      
60,000      

—      
—      
45,000      

—     
100,000     
—     

—      
—      
300,000      

—     
10,000     
—     

—     
7,500     
—     

—      
—      
30,000      

—      
—      
22,500      

—     
—     
14.39     

—     
—     
14.39     

—     
—     
14.39     

—     
—     
14.39     

—     
—     
14.39     

— 
287,800 
205,380 

— 
215,850 
154,035 

— 
1,439,000 
1,026,900 

— 
143,900 
102,690 

— 
107,925 
77,018 

(1) Amounts shown are estimated payouts for fiscal year 2015 to the Named Executive Officers under the 2015 Incentive
Award Plan. The target amount is based on a percentage of the individual’s fiscal year 2015 base salary. All Executives
received cash incentive awards for fiscal year 2015. For more information on these awards, including the amount actually
paid, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis-Annual Cash Incentive Award Plan.” 

(2) The value of a stock award or option award is based on the fair value as of the grant date of such award determined
pursuant  to  ASC  718.  Stock  awards  consist  only  of  RSUs.  The  exercise  price  for  all  options  granted  to  the  Named
Executive Officers is 100% of the fair market value of Landec Common Stock on the grant date. The option exercise
price has not been deducted from the amounts indicated above. Regardless of the value placed on a stock option on the
grant date, the actual value of the option will depend on the market value of Landec Common Stock at such date in the
future when the option is exercised. The value of the option following this exercise does not include the option exercise
price. All options vest at the rate of 1/36th per month other than the option for 300,000 shares granted to Molly Hemmeter, 
which vests at the rate of 1/3 on first anniversary of the date of grant and then 1/36 monthly thereafter, and all options are 
fully vested three years after the date of grant. RSUs vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant. 

28 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
   
 
  
  
    
 
 
   
    
   
 
    
  
  
       
     
   
  
  
        
    
   
  
  
  
      
        
    
      
        
        
        
 
    
  
  
       
     
   
  
  
        
    
   
  
  
  
      
        
    
      
        
        
        
 
    
  
  
       
     
   
  
  
       
     
   
  
  
  
      
        
    
      
        
        
        
 
    
  
  
       
     
   
  
  
        
    
   
  
  
  
      
        
    
      
        
        
        
 
    
  
  
       
     
   
  
  
        
    
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Equity Awards 

The following table shows all outstanding equity awards held by the Named Executive Officers at the end of fiscal 
year  2015.  The  awards  for  fiscal  year  2015  identified  in  the  table  below  are  also  reported  in  the  “Grants  of  Plan-Based 
Awards” table on the previous page.  

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal 2015 Year-End 

Option Awards

Stock Awards

Number of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Unexercised
Options 
Unexercisable 
(#) (1)

Number of
Securities 
Underlying
Unexercised
Options 
Exercisable    
—     
28,750     
75,000     
37,500     

Option 
Exercise 
Price  
($)

Option 
Expiration 
Date

Number of
Shares or 
Units of 
Stock That
Have Not 
Vested  
(#) (2) 

14.39  05/28/2022    
14.30  06/07/2020    
5.63  05/26/2017    
6.22  05/21/2016    

14.39  05/28/2022    
14.30  06/07/2020    
5.63  05/26/2017    
6.22  05/21/2016    

20,000     
15,000     
—     
—     

15,000     
10,000     
—     
—     

Market 
Value of 
Shares  
Or Units 
of Stock 
That 
Have Not 
Vested 
($) (3)
285,800 
214,350 
— 
— 

214,350 
142,900 
— 
— 

14.39  05/28/2022    
14.30  06/07/2020    
5.63  05/26/2017    
6.47  06/22/2016    

100,000      1,429,000 
142,900 
— 
— 

10,000     
—     
—     

14.39  05/28/2022    
14.30  06/07/2020    

10,000     
10,000     

142,900 
142,900 

14.39  05/28/2022    
14.30  06/07/2020    
5.63  05/26/2017    

7,500     
6,000     
—     

107,175 
85,740 
— 

60,000      
16,250      
—     
—     

45,000     
10,833     
—     
—     

300,000     
10,835     
—     
—     

30,000     
10,834     

22,500     
11,500     
—     

Name 
Grant Date    
Gary T. Steele...........   05/28/2015      
06/07/2013      
05/26/2010      
05/21/2009      

Gregory S. Skinner ...   05/28/2015      
06/07/2013      
05/26/2010      
05/21/2009      

Molly A. Hemmeter .   05/28/2015      
06/07/2013      
05/26/2010      
06/22/2009      

—     
19,167     
75,000     
22,500     

—     
19,165     
37,500     
37,500     

Ronald L. Midyett ....   05/28/2015      
06/07/2013      

—     
19,166     

Larry D. Hiebert .......   05/28/2015      
06/07/2013      
05/26/2010      

—     
6,500     
2,500     

(1)  All  options vest  at  the rate of 1/36 per  month  over  a  three-year period from  date of  grant, other  than  the option  for 
300,000 shares granted to Molly Hemmeter, which vests at the rate of 1/3 on first anniversary of the date of grant and 
then 1/36 monthly thereafter. 

(2)  The RSUs vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant. 
(3)  Value is based on the closing price of the Company’s Common Stock of $14.29 on May 31, 2015 as reported on the

Nasdaq Global Select Market.  

29 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
 
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
    
      
        
 
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
    
      
        
 
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
    
      
        
 
  
  
  
      
        
        
    
      
        
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Option Exercises and Stock Vested 

The following table shows all stock options exercised and the value realized upon exercise and the number of stock 

awards vested and the value realized upon vesting by the Named Executive Officers during fiscal year 2015.  

Option Exercises and Stock Vested For Fiscal 2015  

Option Awards

Stock Awards

Number of 
shares 
withheld to 
cover 
exercise 
price and 
taxes 
(#) (2)

Number of 
Shares 
Acquired 
on 
Vesting 
(#)

Value 
Realized on
Exercise 
($) (1)

Value 
Realized 
on Vesting 
($) 

Number of 
shares 
withheld to 
cover taxes
(#) (2)

Number of 
Shares 
Acquired 
on 
Exercise 
(#) 

—     

—     

—     

—      

—     

Name 
Gary T. Steele................................     

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

Gregory S. Skinner ........................     

9,000     
13,000     

47,520     
61,880     

5,281     
—     

Molly A. Hemmeter ......................     

—     

—     

—     

Ronald L. Midyett .........................     

67,000     
52,500     

529,970     
413,700     

35,774     
34,410     

Larry D. Hiebert ............................     

—     

—     

—     

—      

—      

—      
—      

—      

—     

—     

—     
—     

—     

(1)  The value realized equals the difference between the option exercise price and the fair market value of Landec Common

Stock on the date of exercise, multiplied by the number of shares for which the option was exercised. 

(2)  Indicates shares withheld at the election of the Named Executive Officer to cover the exercise price and/or the taxes

owed on the exercise of the option or the vesting of the stock award.  

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation 

The  following  table  shows  all  compensation  deferred  by  the  Named  Executive  Officers,  and  earnings  on  such 

deferred compensation, under the Deferral Plan during fiscal year 2015. 

NONQUALIFED DEFERRED COMPENSATION 

Executive  
Contributions 
in Fiscal Year 
2015 
($)(1) 

Registrant  
Contributions 
in Fiscal Year 
2015 
($)

Aggregate 
Earnings 
in Fiscal  
Year 2015 
($)(2)

Aggregate 
Withdrawals 
in Fiscal  
Year 2015  
($) 

Aggregate 
Balance 
at End of  
Fiscal Year 
2015 
($)

—      
—      
74,285      
—      
—      

—     
—     
—     
—     
—     

—     
—     
8,899     
—     
—     

—      
—      
—      
—      
—      

— 
— 
83,184 
— 
— 

Name 
Gary T. Steele................     
Gregory S. Skinner ........     
Molly A. Hemmeter ......     
Ronald L. Midyett .........     
Larry D. Hiebert ............     

(1)  Contributions  reported  in  this  column  are  reported  as  compensation  in  the  Salary  column  of  the  Summary

Compensation Table. 

(2)  Amounts  reported  in  this  column  represent  the  aggregate  earnings  accrued  and  credited  to  a  Named  Executive

Officer’s account during fiscal year 2015.  

30 

  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
   
   
   
    
   
 
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
 
       
      
  
  
    
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
 
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
 
  
    
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
   
   
    
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
Employment Contracts and Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control 

Employment Contracts 

On June 19, 2014, the Company entered into a new executive employment agreement with Mr. Steele, (the “Steele 
Agreement”) effective as of May 26, 2014, setting forth the terms of his employment. The Steele Agreement expires on May 
29, 2016 unless renewed or extended by both parties, and provides that Mr. Steele shall be paid an annual base salary of 
$500,000 through the term of the Steele Agreement, and continue to participate in the annual cash incentive award plan. Mr. 
Steele  is  also  eligible  for  grants  of  equity  interests  under  the  Equity  Award  Plan  at  such  times  and  in  such  amounts  as 
determined by the Compensation Committee.  

The Steele Agreement provides that upon Mr. Steele’s death or disability, the Company shall pay Mr. Steele or his 

estate his unpaid base salary and the pro rata portion of his annual cash incentive award through the date of termination.   

Mr. Steele agreed, as part of the Steele Agreement, not to solicit, induce, recruit, encourage or take away employees 
or consultants of the Company for a period of two years following his termination. In addition, Mr. Steele agreed not to solicit 
any licensor to or customer of the Company for a period of two years following his termination.  

On  December  7,  2012,  the  Company  entered  into  an  executive  employment  agreement  with  Mr.  Skinner  (the 
“Skinner Agreement”), effective as of January 1, 2013, setting forth the terms of his employment. The Skinner Agreement 
expires on December 31, 2015 unless renewed or extended by both parties, and provides that Mr. Skinner shall be paid an 
annual  base  salary  of  $310,000  through  the  term  of  the  Skinner  Agreement  (unless  modified  by  the  Compensation 
Committee), and continue to participate in the annual cash incentive award plan.  Mr. Skinner is also eligible for grants of 
equity interests under the Equity Award Plan at such times and in such amounts as determined by the Committee.  

Mr.  Skinner  agreed,  as  part  of  the  Skinner  Agreement,  not  to  solicit,  induce,  recruit,  encourage  or  take  away 
employees or consultants of the Company for a period of two years following his termination.  In addition, Mr. Skinner 
agreed not to solicit any licensor to or customer of the Company for a period of two years following his termination.  

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control 

If  Mr.  Steele  is  terminated  without  cause  or  if  he  terminates  his  employment  for  good  reason  (generally,  any 
relocation of Mr. Steele’s place of employment, reduction in salary, reduction in his target bonus amount or material reduction 
of his duties or authority), Mr. Steele will receive a severance payment equal to 100% of his annual base salary over a twelve 
month period, a pro-rated portion of any annual cash incentive award to which he is entitled and a one-year acceleration of 
his  unvested  stock options  and  other  equity  awards,  and  the  Company  will  pay  or  reimburse  Mr.  Steele  for  the  monthly 
Medicare premiums for Mr. Steele (and his spouse) for the remainder of their lives or at such earlier time as Mr. Steele 
receives  substantially  equivalent  health  insurance  coverage  in  connection  with  new  employment.  In  addition,  the  Steele 
Agreement provides that if Mr. Steele is terminated without cause or terminates his employment for good reason within two 
(2) years following a “change of control,” Mr. Steele will receive a severance payment equal to 150% of his annual base 
salary over a twelve month period, a pro-rated portion of any annual cash incentive award to which he is entitled and the 
Company  will  pay  or  reimburse  Mr.  Steele  for  the  monthly  Medicare  premiums  for  Mr.  Steele  (and  his  spouse)  for  the 
remainder of their lives or until such earlier time as Mr. Steele receives substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in 
connection with new employment. In the event of a “change of control,” all of Mr. Steele’s unvested stock options and other 
equity awards shall immediately vest and become exercisable. 

The Steele Agreement provides that if Mr. Steele retires, the Company will pay or reimburse Mr. Steele for the 
monthly premiums for Medicare for the remainder of the lives of Mr. Steele and his spouse; provided that this benefit shall 
cease to be available at such time as Mr. Steele commences receiving substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in 
connection with new employment. 

If  Mr.  Skinner  is  terminated  without  cause  or  if  he  terminates  his  employment  for  good  reason  (generally,  any 
relocation  of  Mr.  Skinner’s  place  of  employment,  reduction  in  salary,  reduction  in  his  target  bonus  amount  or  material 
reduction of his duties or authority), Mr. Skinner will receive a severance payment equal to 100% of his annual base salary 
over a twelve month period, a pro-rated portion of any annual cash incentive award to which he is entitled and a one-year 
acceleration of his unvested stock options and other equity awards, and the Company will pay the monthly premiums for 
health insurance coverage for Mr. Skinner (and his spouse and eligible dependents) for the maximum period permitted under 
COBRA or at such earlier time as Mr. Skinner receives substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with 
new employment. In addition, the Skinner Agreement provides that if Mr. Skinner is terminated without cause or terminates 
31 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
his employment for good reason within two (2) years following a “change of control,” Mr. Skinner will receive a severance 
payment equal to 150% of his annual base salary over a twelve month period and a pro-rated portion of any annual cash 
incentive award to which he is entitled and the Company will pay the monthly premiums for health insurance coverage for 
Mr. Skinner (and his spouse and eligible dependents) for the maximum period permitted under COBRA or at such earlier 
time as Mr. Skinner receives substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with new employment. In the 
event of a “change of control,” all of Mr. Skinner’s unvested stock options and other equity awards shall immediately vest 
and become exercisable. 

If Mr. Steele’s or Mr. Skinner’s employment with the Company had been terminated without cause or for good 
reason not in connection with a change of control of the Company on May 31, 2015, the last day of Landec’s fiscal year 
2015, Mr. Steele and Mr. Skinner would have received the following severance benefits under the Steele Agreement and 
Skinner Agreement, respectively:  

Name 

Base Salary (1) 

Bonus 
Payment 

Accelerated 
Vesting of 
Options (2) 

Accelerated 
Vesting of 
RSUs (3) 

Gary T. Steele  
Gregory S. Skinner  

$500,000 
$325,000 

$399,569 
$155,832 

$    — 
$    — 

$    — 
$    — 

Post-
Termination 
Health Insurance 
Premiums  
$201,310 (4) 
$ 25,273 (5) 

Total 

$1,100,879 
$ 506,105 

(1)  Reflects potential payments based on salaries as of May 31, 2015. 
(2)  All unvested options for Mr. Steele and Mr. Skinner are out of the money (exercise price above stock price as of May

31, 2015) and therefore there is no value to the acceleration. 

(3)  Accelerating the vesting of the outstanding RSUs by one year does not result in any of the current outstanding RSUs 

vesting as of May 31, 2015.  

(4)  Represents the maximum amount of Medicare premiums that would have been paid by the Company on behalf of Mr.
Steele  and  his  spouse,  assuming  life  expectancy  as  estimated  in  the  Actuarial  Life  Tables  compiled  by  the  Social 
Security Administration. 

(5)  Represents the maximum amount of premiums that would have been paid under COBRA on behalf of Mr. Skinner 

If Mr. Steele’s or Mr. Skinner’s employment with the Company had been terminated without cause or for good 
reason in connection with a change of control of the Company on May 31, 2015, the last day of Landec’s fiscal year 2015, 
Mr. Steele and Mr. Skinner would have received the severance benefits under the Steele Agreement and Skinner Agreement 
set forth above, except that amounts received for base salary would have been $750,000 and $487,500 for Mr. Steele and Mr. 
Skinner, respectively, and the amounts received for the acceleration of RSUs would have been $500,150 and $357,250 for 
Mr. Steele and Mr. Skinner, respectively. Therefore total compensation would have been $1,851,029 and $1,025,855 for Mr. 
Steele and Mr. Skinner, respectively.  

Policies and Procedures with Respect to Related Party Transactions 

The Audit Committee, all of whose members are independent directors, reviews and approves in advance all related 
party transactions (other than compensation transactions). In reviewing related party transactions, the Audit Committee takes 
into account factors it deems appropriate, such as whether the related party transaction is on terms no less favorable than 
terms generally available to an unrelated third party under the same or similar conditions and the extent of the related party’s 
interest in the transaction. To identify related party transactions, each year we require our executive officers and directors to 
complete a questionnaire identifying any transactions between the Company and the respective executive officer or director 
and their family members. Additionally, under the Company’s Code of Ethics, directors, officers and all other employees and 
consultants are expected to avoid any relationship, influence or activity that would cause or even appear to cause a conflict 
of interest.  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions 

Apio sells products to and earns license fees from Windset Holdings 2010 Ltd., a Canadian corporation (“Windset”). 
Apio holds a 26.9% equity interest in Windset. During fiscal year 2015, Apio recognized $689,000 of revenues from Windset. 

Additionally, unrelated to the revenue transactions above, Apio purchases produce from Windset for sale to third 

parties. During fiscal year 2015, Apio purchased $1.6 million of produce from Windset. 

32 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
 
 
SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE 

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires the Company’s directors and executive officers, and persons who own 
more than ten percent of a registered class of the Company’s equity securities to file with the SEC initial reports of ownership 
and reports of changes in ownership of Common Stock and other equity securities of the Company. Officers, directors and 
holders of more than ten percent of the Company’s Common Stock are required by SEC regulations to furnish the Company 
with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file. 

To the Company’s knowledge, based solely upon review of the copies of such reports filed with the SEC and written 
representations  that  no  other  reports  were  required,  during  the  fiscal  year  ended  May  31,  2015  all  Section  16(a)  filing 
requirements applicable to the Company’s officers, directors and holders of more than ten percent of the Company’s Common 
Stock were satisfied. 

OTHER MATTERS 

The Board of Directors knows of no other matters to be submitted to the stockholders at the annual meeting. If any 
other matters properly come before the meeting, then the persons named in the enclosed form of proxy will vote the shares 
they represent in such manner as the Board of Directors may recommend. 

It is important that the proxies be returned promptly and that your shares be represented. Stockholders are urged to 
mark,  date,  execute  and  promptly  return  the  accompanying  proxy  card  in  the  enclosed  envelope  or  vote  their  shares  by 
telephone or via the Internet. 

BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS 

/s/ Geoffrey P. Leonard  

GEOFFREY P. LEONARD  
SECRETARY  

Menlo Park, California 
August 24, 2015 

33 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
The graph below matches Landec Corporation's cumulative 5-Year total shareholder return on common stock with the 
cumulative total returns of the S&P 500 index and the NASDAQ Industrial index. The graph tracks the performance of a $100 
investment in our common stock and in each index (with the reinvestment of all dividends) from 5/30/2010 to 5/31/2015.

5/30/10

5/29/11

5/27/12

5/26/13

5/25/14

5/31/15

Landec Corporation
S&P 500
NASDAQ Industrial

100.00
100.00
100.00

94.18
125.95
137.04

114.22
125.43
133.94

224.23
159.64
178.59

194.02
192.28
215.23

230.86
214.99
235.99

The stock price performance included in this graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
FORM 10-K 

[X]  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the Fiscal Year Ended May 31, 2015, or 

[  ]  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the Transition period for _________ to _________. 
 Commission file number: 0-27446 
LANDEC CORPORATION 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

 Delaware 
 (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 

  94-3025618 
  (IRS Employer Identification Number) 

3603 Haven Avenue, Menlo Park, California 94025 
(Address of principal executive offices) 
Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (650) 306-1650 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

 Title of each class 
 Common Stock 

  Name of each exchange on which registered 
 The NASDAQ Global Select Stock Market 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None 
(Title of Class) 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ___ No    X  
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ___ No    X  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act during the preceding 
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements 
for the past 90 days. Yes   X   No ___ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data 
File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period 
that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes   X   No ___ 

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  disclosure  of  delinquent  filers  pursuant  to  Item  405  of  Regulation  S-K  is  not  contained  herein,  and  will  not  be 
contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 
10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. __ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting 
company. See definition of “large accelerated filer” and “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange 
Act. 
Large Accelerated Filer ___     Accelerated Filer X                          
Non Accelerated Filer ___     Smaller Reporting Company ___ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ___ No   X      

The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was approximately $344,754,000 as of November 30, 2014, 
the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, based upon the closing sales price on The NASDAQ 
Global Select Market reported for such date. Shares of Common Stock held by each officer and director and by each person who owns 10% or 
more of the outstanding Common Stock have been excluded from such calculation in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This 
determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes. 
As of July 17, 2015, there were 27,009,342 shares of Common Stock outstanding. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement relating to its October 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders which statement will be 
filed not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report, are incorporated by reference in Part III hereof. 

 
 
LANDEC CORPORATION 
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Item No.  Description 

Page

Part I 
1. 

Business ......................................................................................................................................................... 

1

 1A. 

Risk Factors ................................................................................................................................................... 

10

1B. 

Unresolved Staff Comments .......................................................................................................................... 

17

2. 

3. 

4. 

Part II 
5. 

6. 

7. 

Properties ....................................................................................................................................................... 

18

Legal Proceedings .......................................................................................................................................... 

18

Mine Safety Disclosures ................................................................................................................................ 

18

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities ....................................................................................................................................................... 

19

Selected Financial Data ................................................................................................................................. 

20

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ........................ 

21

7A. 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk ........................................................................ 

37

8. 

9. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data .............................................................................................. 

37

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ........................ 

37

9A. 

Controls and Procedures ................................................................................................................................ 

38

9B. 

Other Information .......................................................................................................................................... 

39

Part III 
10. 

11. 

12. 

13. 

14. 

Part IV 
15. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ............................................................................. 

40

Executive Compensation ............................................................................................................................... 

40

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters ...... 

40

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence ............................................... 

40

Principal Accountant Fees and Services ........................................................................................................ 

40

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules ................................................................................................. 

41

- i - 

 
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
Item 1.     Business 

PART I 

This report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934.  Words  such  as  “projected,”  “expects,”  “believes,”  “intends,”  “assumes”  and  similar  expressions  are  used  to  identify 
forward-looking statements. These statements are made based upon current expectations and projections about our business and 
assumptions made by our management and are not guarantees of future performance, nor do we assume any obligation to update 
such forward-looking statements after the date this report is filed. Our actual results could differ materially from those projected 
in the forward-looking statements for many reasons, including the risk factors listed in Item 1A. “Risk Factors” and the factors 
discussed below. 

Corporate Overview 

Landec  Corporation  and  its  subsidiaries  (“Landec”  or  the  “Company”)  design,  develop,  manufacture  and  sell 
differentiated  products  for  food  and  biomaterials  markets  and  license  technology  applications  to  partners.  The  Company  is 
focused on health and wellness solutions and applications within the packaged food and biomaterial markets. In our Apio, Inc. 
(“Apio”) food business, we are committed to offering healthy, fresh produce products conveniently packaged to consumers. Apio 
also exports whole fruit and vegetables, predominantly to Asia through its subsidiary, Cal Ex Trading Company (“Cal-Ex”). In 
our Lifecore Biomedical, Inc. (“Lifecore”) biomaterials business, we commercialize products that enable people to stay more 
active as they grow older.  

Landec’s food and biomaterials businesses utilize polymer chemistry technology, a key differentiating factor. Both core 
businesses focus on business-to-business selling such as selling directly to retail grocery store chains and club stores for Apio 
and directly to large ophthalmic suppliers for Lifecore. Both core businesses also benefit from the momentum that underlies 
consumer interest in healthy living - eating better and staying active. 

Within our two core businesses, Landec has three operating segments – Food Products Technology, Food Export and 
HA-based Biomaterials, each of which is described below. Financial information concerning each of these segments for fiscal 
years 2015, 2014 and 2013 is summarized in Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Apio operates our Food Products Technology business, which combines our proprietary BreatheWay® food packaging 
technology with the capabilities of a large national food supplier and value-added produce processor which sells products under 
the Eat Smart® and GreenLine® brands and under private labels. In Apio’s value-added operations, produce is processed by 
trimming, washing, mixing, and packaging in bags and trays that in most cases incorporate Landec’s BreatheWay membrane 
technology.  The  BreatheWay  membrane  increases  shelf  life  and  reduces  shrink  (waste)  for  retailers  and  helps  ensure  that 
consumers  receive  fresh  produce  by  the  time  the  product  makes  its  way  through  the  supply  chain.  Apio  also  licenses  the 
BreatheWay technology to partners such as Chiquita Brands International, Inc. (“Chiquita”) for packaging and distribution of 
bananas and to Windset Holding 2010 Ltd., a Canadian corporation (“Windset”), for packaging of greenhouse grown cucumbers 
and peppers. 

Apio also operates the Food Export business. The Food Export business purchases and sells whole fruit and vegetable 

products predominantly to Asian markets.  

Lifecore operates our HA-based Biomaterials business and is principally involved in the manufacture of pharmaceutical-
grade sodium hyaluronate (“HA”) products. Sodium hyaluronate is a naturally occurring polysaccharide that is widely distributed 
in  the  extracellular  matrix  in  animals  and  humans.  Based  upon  Lifecore’s  expertise  working  with  highly  viscous  HA,  the 
Company also specializes in aseptic filling services, as a contract development and manufacturing organization (CDMO), for 
difficult to handle (viscous) medicines filled in finished dose syringes.  

Landec was incorporated in California on October 31, 1986 and reincorporated as a Delaware corporation on November 

6, 2008. Our common stock is listed on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “LNDC”. 

- 1 - 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Technology Overview 

The Company has two proprietary polymer technology platforms: 1) Intelimer® materials, which are the key technology 
behind  our  BreatheWay  membrane  technology,  and  2)  hyaluronan  biopolymers.  The  Company’s  materials  are  generally 
proprietary as a result of being patented or due to being specially formulated for specific customers to meet specific commercial 
applications and/or specific regulatory requirements. The Company’s polymer technologies, its customer relationships and trade 
names and its strong channels of distribution, are the foundation and key differentiating advantages on which Landec has built 
its business.  

A) Intelimer Polymers 

Intelimer  polymers  are  crystalline,  hydrophobic  polymers  that  use  a  temperature  switch  to  control  and  modulate 
properties such as viscosity, permeability and adhesion when varying the materials’ temperature above and below the temperature 
switch. The sharp temperature switch is adjustable at relatively low temperatures (0°C to 100°C) and the changes resulting from 
the  temperature  switch  are  relatively  easy  to  maintain  in  industrial  and  commercial  environments.  For  instance,  Intelimer 
polymers can change within the range of one or two degrees Celsius from a non-adhesive state to a highly tacky, adhesive state; 
from an impermeable state to a highly permeable state; or from a solid state to a viscous liquid state.  

Landec's proprietary polymer technology is based on the structure and phase behavior of Intelimer materials. The abrupt 
thermal transitions of specific Intelimer materials are achieved through the controlled use of hydrocarbon side chains that are 
attached  to  a  polymer  backbone.  Below  a  pre-determined  switch  temperature,  the  polymer's  side  chains  align  through  weak 
hydrophobic interactions resulting in a crystalline structure. When this side chain crystallizable polymer is heated to, or above, 
this switch temperature, these interactions are disrupted and the polymer is transformed into an amorphous, viscous state. Because 
this transformation involves a physical and not a chemical change, this process can be repeatedly reversible. Landec can set the 
polymer switch temperature anywhere between 0°C to 100°C by varying the average length of the side chains.  

Landec's Intelimer materials are readily available and are generally synthesized from long side-chain acrylic monomers 
that  are  derived  primarily  from  natural  materials  such  as  coconut  and  palm  oils  that  are  highly  purified  and  designed  to  be 
manufactured economically through known synthetic processes. These acrylic-monomer raw materials are then polymerized by 
Landec leading to many different side-chain crystallizable polymers whose properties vary depending upon the initial materials 
and the synthetic process. Intelimer materials can be made into many different forms, including films, coatings, microcapsules 
and discrete forms. Intelimer polymers are the coatings on the substrate used to form our BreatheWay membranes. 

BreatheWay Membrane Packaging  

Certain types of fresh-cut and whole produce can spoil or discolor rapidly when packaged in conventional packaging 
materials and, therefore, are limited in their ability to be distributed broadly to markets. The Company’s proprietary BreatheWay 
packaging technology utilizes Landec’s Intelimer polymer technology to naturally extend the shelf life and quality of fresh-cut 
and whole produce. 

After harvesting, vegetables and fruit continue to respire, consuming oxygen and releasing carbon dioxide. Too much 
or too little oxygen can result in premature spoilage and decay. The respiration rate of produce varies for each fruit and vegetable. 
Conventional packaging films used today, such as polyethylene and polypropylene, can be made with modest permeability to 
oxygen  and  carbon  dioxide, but often do not  provide  the optimal  atmosphere for  the packaged produce.  To  achieve  optimal 
product performance, each fruit or vegetable requires its own unique package atmosphere conditions. The challenge facing the 
industry is to develop packaging that meets the highly variable needs that each product requires in order to achieve value-creating 
performance.  The  Company  believes  that  its  BreatheWay  packaging  technology  possesses  all  of  the  critical  functionalities 
required to serve this diverse market. In creating a product package, a BreatheWay membrane is applied over a small cutout 
section or an aperture of a flexible film bag or plastic tray. This highly permeable “window” acts as the mechanism to provide 
the majority of the gas transmission requirements for the entire package. These membranes are designed to provide three principal 
benefits: 

- 2 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
High Permeability. Landec's BreatheWay packaging technology is designed to permit transmission of oxygen and carbon 
dioxide  at  300  to  1,000  times  the  rate  of  conventional  packaging  films.  The  Company  thinks  that  these  higher 
permeability levels will facilitate the packaging diversity required to market many types of fresh-cut and whole produce 
in many package sizes and configurations. 

Ability to Adjust Oxygen and Carbon Dioxide Ratios. BreatheWay packaging can be tailored with carbon dioxide to oxygen 
transfer ratios ranging from 1.0 to 12.0 to selectively transmit oxygen and carbon dioxide at optimum rates to sustain 
the quality and shelf life of packaged produce. Other high permeability packaging materials, such as micro-perforated 
films cannot differentially control carbon dioxide permeability, resulting in sub-optimal package atmosphere conditions 
for many produce products. 

Temperature  Responsiveness.  Landec  has  developed  breathable  membranes  that  can  be  designed  to  increase  or  decrease 
permeability in response to environmental temperature changes. The Company has developed packaging that responds 
to  higher  oxygen  requirements  at  elevated  temperatures  but  is  also  reversible,  and  returns  to  its  original  state  as 
temperatures  decline.  As  the  respiration  rate  of  fresh  produce  also  increases  with  temperature,  the  BreatheWay 
membrane’s  temperature  responsiveness  allows  packages  to  compensate  for  the  change  in  produce  respiration  by 
automatically adjusting gas permeation rates. By doing so, detrimental package atmosphere conditions are avoided and 
improved quality is maintained through the distribution chain. 

B) Sodium Hyaluronate (HA) 

Sodium hyaluronate is a non-crystalline, hydrophilic polymer that exists naturally as part of the extracellular matrix in 
many tissues within the human body, most notably within the aqueous humor of the eye, synovial fluid, skin and umbilical cord. 
The viscoelastic properties and water solubility of HA make it ideal for medical applications where space maintenance, lubricity 
or tissue protection are critical. Because of its widespread presence in tissues, its critical role in normal physiology, and its high 
degree of biocompatibility, the Company believes that hyaluronan will continue to be used in existing applications and for an 
increasing variety of other medical applications. 

Sodium hyaluronate can primarily be produced in two ways, either through bacterial fermentation or through extraction 
from rooster combs. Lifecore produces HA only from fermentation, using an extremely efficient microbial fermentation process 
and a highly effective purification operation.  

Sodium hyaluronate was first demonstrated to have commercial medical utility as a viscoelastic solution in cataract 
surgery. In this application, it is used for maintaining the space in the anterior chamber and protecting corneal tissue during the 
removal and implantation of intraocular lenses. The first ophthalmic HA product, produced by extraction from rooster comb 
tissue,  became  commercially  available  in  the  United  States  in  1981.  In  1985,  Lifecore  introduced  the  bacterial  fermentation 
process to manufacture premium HA and received patent protection until 2002. HA-based products, produced either by rooster 
comb extraction or by fermentation processes such as Lifecore’s, have since gained widespread acceptance in ophthalmology 
and are currently used in the majority of cataract extraction procedures in the world. HA has also become a significant component 
in several products used in orthopedics. Lifecore’s HA is used as a viscous carrier for allogeneic freeze-dried demineralized bone 
used in spinal surgery, and as the active component of devices to treat the symptoms of osteoarthritis, and as a component to 
provide  increased  lubricity  to  medical  devices.  Lifecore’s  HA  has  also  been  utilized  in  veterinary  drug  applications  to  treat 
traumatic arthritis. 

Description of Business Segments 

In this Description of Business Segments section, “Apio” and the “Food Products Technology business” will be used 

interchangeably; however, when describing Apio’s export business it will be referred to as the “Food Export business”. 

- 3 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
 
 
A) Food Products Technology Business 

The Food Products Technology business had revenues of $430 million for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2015, $361 

million for the fiscal year ended May 25, 2014 and $320 million for the fiscal year ended May 26, 2013. 

Based  in  Guadalupe,  California,  Apio’s  primary  business  is  fresh-cut  and  whole  value-added  products  typically 
packaged in our proprietary BreatheWay packaging. Apio’s fresh-cut value-added products business markets a variety of fresh-
cut and whole vegetables to the top retail grocery chains, club stores and food service operators. During the fiscal year ended 
May 31, 2015, Apio shipped approximately 32 million cartons of produce to its customers throughout North America, primarily 
in the United States. 

Most  vegetable  products  packaged  in  our  BreatheWay  packaging  have  17  to  20  days  of  shelf  life.  In  addition  to 
packaging innovation, Landec’s Apio food business develops innovative blends and combinations of vegetables that are sold in 
flexible film bags or rigid trays. More recently, the Company has launched a family of salad kits that are comprised of “superfood” 
mixtures of vegetables with healthy toppings/dressings. The launch of the first of these products called Sweet Kale Salad has 
broken all of Apio’s records for speed of adoption with weekly sales of over $2 million as of May 2015. Additionally, we have 
launched several other superfood salad kits including Ginger Bok Choy, Wild Greens and Quinoa, Beets and Greens, Kale and 
Chard Stir Fry and Shanghai Stir Fry. The Company’s expertise includes accessing leading culinary experts and nutritionists 
nationally to help in the new product development process. We believe that our new products are “on trend” and strong market 
acceptance supports this belief. Recent statistics show that more than two-thirds (68.8%) of adults are considered to be overweight 
or obese and more than one-third (35.7%) of adults are considered to be obese. More and more consumers are beginning to make 
better food choices in their schools, homes and in restaurants and that is where our superfood products can fit into consumers 
daily healthy food choices. 

In  addition  to  proprietary  packaging  technology  and  a  strong  new  product  development  pipeline,  the  Company  has 
strong channels of distribution throughout North America with retail grocery store chains and club stores. Landec has one or 
more of its products in approximately 70% of all retail and club store sites in North America giving us a strong platform for 
introducing new products. 

The  Company  sells  its  products  under  the  nationally-known  brands  EatSmart  and  GreenLine.  The  Company  also 
periodically licenses its BreatheWay packaging technology to partners such as Chiquita for packaging bananas and to Windset 
for  packaging  peppers  and  cucumbers  that  are  grown  hydroponically  in  greenhouses.  These  packaging  license  relationships 
generate  revenues  either  from  product  sales  or  royalties  once  commercialized.  The  Company  is  engaged  in  the  testing  and 
development of other BreatheWay products. Landec manufactures its BreatheWay packaging through selected qualified contract 
manufacturers.  

Apio Business Model 

- 4 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
    
 
 
Landec is working with leaders in club stores, retail grocery chains and food service customers. The Company thinks it 
will have growth opportunities for the next several years through new customers and the introduction of innovative products in 
the United States, expansion of its existing customer relationships, and export and shipment of specialty packaged produce.  

There are five major distinguishing characteristics of Apio that provide competitive advantages in the Food Products 

Technology market: 

Value-Added Supplier: Apio has structured its business as a marketer and seller of branded and private label fresh-cut and 
whole value-added produce. It is focused on selling products under its Eat Smart and GreenLine brands and private 
label brands for its fresh-cut and whole value-added products. As retail grocery chains, club stores and food service 
operators consolidate, Apio is well positioned as a single source of a broad range of products.  

Reduced Farming Risks: Apio reduces its farming risk by not taking ownership of farmland, and instead, contracts with 
growers for produce and during certain times of the year, enters into joint ventures with growers for produce. The year-
round sourcing of produce is a key component to the fresh-cut and whole value-added processing business. 

Access to Customer Base: Apio has strategically invested in the rapidly growing fresh-cut and whole value-added business. 
Apio’s  value-added  processing  plant  in  Guadalupe,  CA,  is  automated  with  state-of-the-art  vegetable  processing 
equipment. Apio operates one large central processing facility in one of the lowest cost growing regions in California, 
the Santa Maria Valley, and for the majority of its non-green bean vegetable business, uses its packaging technology 
for nationwide delivery. With the acquisition of GreenLine, Apio now has three East Coast processing facilities and five 
East Coast distribution centers for nationwide delivery of green beans and Apio has begun processing non-green bean 
products in one of its East Coast processing facilities to meet the next-day delivery needs of customers.  

Expanded  Product  Line  Using  Technology  and  Unique  Blends:  Apio,  through  the  use  of  its  BreatheWay  packaging 
technology, is introducing new value-added products each year. These new product offerings range from various sizes 
of fresh-cut bagged products, to vegetable trays, to whole produce, to vegetable salads and to snack packs. During the 
last twelve months, Apio has introduced nine new unique products. 

Products Currently in Approximately 70% of U.S. Retail Grocery Stores: With the acquisition of GreenLine, Apio now 
has products in approximately 70% of all U.S. retail grocery stores. This gives Apio the opportunity to cross sell Eat 
Smart value-added products to GreenLine customers and GreenLine value-added products to Eat Smart customers. 

Windset 

The Company thinks that hydroponically grown produce using Windset’s (see Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements for a description of the Company’s investment in Windset) know-how and growing practices will result in higher 
yields with competitive growing costs that will provide dependable year round supply to Windset’s customers. In addition, the 
produce grown in Windset’s greenhouses has a very high safety profile as no soil is used in the growing process. Windset owns 
and operates greenhouses in British Columbia, Canada and in Nevada and California. In addition to growing produce in its own 
greenhouses, Windset has numerous marketing arrangements with other greenhouse growers and utilizes buy/sell arrangements 
to meet fluctuation in demand from their customers.  

B) Food Export Business 

Food Export revenues consist of revenues generated from the purchase and sale of primarily whole commodity fruit and 
vegetable products to Asia through Apio’s export business, Cal-Ex. The Food Export business is a commission-based buy/sell 
business that typically realizes a gross margin in the 5-10% range. 

- 5 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
 
 
The Food Export business had revenues of $68 million for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2015, $70 million for the fiscal 

year ended May 25, 2014 and $79 million for the fiscal year ended May 26, 2013. 

Apio is strategically positioned with Cal-Ex to benefit from the growing population and wealth in Asia and other parts 
of the world over the next decade. Through Cal-Ex, Apio is currently one of the largest U.S. exporters of broccoli to Asia. Other 
large export items include apples, grapes, stonefruit and citrus. 

C) HA-based Biomaterials 

Our HA-based Biomaterials business operates through our Lifecore subsidiary. Lifecore had revenues of $40 million 
for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2015, $46 million for the fiscal year ended May 25, 2014 and $41 million for the fiscal year 
ended May 26, 2013. 

Lifecore operates our medical materials business and is principally involved in the manufacture of pharmaceutical-grade 
sodium hyaluronate products in the form of injectable products for ophthalmologic and orthopedic applications. There is now a 
greater percentage of Americans age 65 and older than at any other time in U.S. history and currently over 45 million Americans 
are 65 years of age or older and this trend is going to accelerate dramatically over the upcoming years. As our population ages, 
eye surgeries such as cataract surgeries, will increase and patients will increasingly seek joint therapy as cartilage and soft tissue 
deteriorates. HA injections are a primary course of treatment for such conditions and Lifecore has built a leadership position in 
the markets it serves. The World Health Organization estimates that by 2020, 32 million cataract operations will be performed 
worldwide, up from 12 million in 2000. Lifecore’s expertise includes its ability to ferment, separate, purify, and aseptically fill 
HA for injectable product use. In addition to ophthalmic and orthopedic uses, veterinary  medicine is another application for 
Lifecore’s  HA.  Lifecore  leverages  its  fermentation  process  to  manufacture  premium,  pharmaceutical-grade  HA  and  uses  its 
aseptic filling capabilities to also deliver private-labeled HA finished products to its customers. Lifecore sells its products through 
partners in the U.S., Europe and South America. Lifecore has built its reputation as a premium supplier of HA.  

Lifecore’s products are primarily sold to strategic marketing partners for use in three medical areas: (1) Ophthalmic, (2) 
Orthopedic and (3) Veterinary. In addition, Lifecore provides product development services to its partners for HA-based, as well 
as non-HA based, fermented products and aseptically formulated products. These services include activities such as tech transfer, 
material  component  changes,  analytical  method  development,  pilot  studies,  stability  studies,  process  validation,  and  clinical 
production.  

By leveraging its fermentation process and aseptic formulation and filling expertise, Lifecore has become a leader in 
the supply of HA-based products for multiple applications, and has taken advantage of non-HA device and drug opportunities 
by leveraging its expertise in manufacturing and aseptic syringe filling capabilities. Elements of Lifecore’s strategy include the 
following:  

(cid:127)     Establish strategic relationships with market leaders. Lifecore will continue to develop applications for products 
with partners who have strong marketing, sales and distribution capabilities to end-user markets. Through its strong reputation 
and history of providing pharmaceutical grade HA and products, Lifecore has been able to establish long-term relationships with 
the market leading ophthalmic surgical companies, and leverages those partnerships to attract new relationships in other medical 
markets. 

(cid:127)     Expand medical applications for HA. Due to the growing knowledge of the unique characteristics of HA, and the 
role it plays in normal physiology, Lifecore continues to identify and pursue opportunities for the use of HA in other medical 
applications, such as wound care, aesthetic surgery, drug delivery, device coatings and through pharmaceutical sales to academic 
and corporate research customers. Further applications may involve expanding process development activity and/or additional 
licensing of technology.  

(cid:127)     Utilize manufacturing infrastructure to pursue contract aseptic filling and fermentation opportunities. Lifecore has 
made  strategic  capital  investments  in  its  contract  manufacturing  and  development  business  focusing on  extending  its  aseptic 
filling capacity and capabilities. It is investing in this segment to meet increasing partner demand and attract new contract filling 
opportunities. Lifecore is using its manufacturing capabilities to provide contract manufacturing and development services to its 
partners in the area of sterile pre-filled syringes and fermentation and purification requirements. 

- 6 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
 
 
(cid:127)     Maintain flexibility in product development and supply relationships. Lifecore’s vertically integrated development 
and  manufacturing  capabilities  allow  it  to  establish  a  variety  of  contractual  relationships  with  global  corporate  partners. 
Lifecore’s  role  in  these  relationships  extends  from  supplying  HA  raw  materials  to  providing  tech  transfer  and  development 
services to manufacturing aseptically-packaged, finished sterile products and to assuming full supply chain responsibilities.  

Trademarks/Trade names 

Intelimer®, Landec®, Apio™, Eat Smart®, BreatheWay®, GreenLine®, Clearly Fresh™, Lifecore®, LUROCOAT® 
and Ortholure™ are some of the trademarks or registered trademarks and trade names of the Company in the United States and 
other countries. This Annual Report on Form 10-K also refers to the trademarks of other companies.  

Sales and Marketing 

Apio is supported by dedicated sales and marketing resources. Apio has 42 sales and marketing employees, located in 
central California and throughout the U.S., supporting the Food Products Technology business and the Food Export business. 
During fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013, sales to the Company’s top five customers accounted for approximately 46%, 42% and 
40%,  respectively,  of  its  revenues,  with  the  top  two  customers,  both  from  the  Food  Products  Technology  segment,  Costco 
Wholesale Corporation (“Costco”) which accounted for approximately 21%, 21%, and 16%, respectively, and Wal-mart, Inc. 
(“Wal-mart”) which accounted for approximately 11%, 11%, and 13%, respectively, of the Company’s revenues. A loss of either 
of these customers would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business.  

Lifecore  sells  products  to  partners  under  supply  agreements  and  also  through  distribution  agreements.  Excluding 
research sales, Lifecore does not sell to end users and, therefore, does not have the traditional infrastructure of a dedicated sales 
force and marketing employees and its name recognition allows Lifecore to attract new customers and offer its services with a 
minimal marketing and sales infrastructure. 

Seasonality 

Apio’s sales are seasonal. The Food Products Technology business can be affected by seasonal weather factors, such as 
the high cost of sourcing product due to a shortage of essential value-added produce items, which have impacted quarterly results 
in the past. The Food Export business also typically recognizes a much higher percentage of its revenues and profit during the 
first half of Landec’s fiscal year compared to the second half. Lifecore’s business is not significantly affected by seasonality. 

Manufacturing and Processing 

Food Products Technology Business 

The manufacturing process for the Company's proprietary BreatheWay packaging products is comprised of polymer 
manufacturing, membrane manufacturing and label package conversion. A third party toll manufacturer currently makes virtually 
all  of  the  polymers  for  the  BreatheWay  packaging  system.  Select  outside  contractors  currently  manufacture  the  breathable 
membranes, and Apio performs the label package conversion in its various processing facilities. 

Apio processes a large majority of its fresh-cut, value-added non-green bean products in its processing facility located 
in  Guadalupe,  California.  Cooling  of  produce  is  done  through  third  parties  and  Apio  Cooling  LP,  a  separate  consolidated 
subsidiary in which Apio has a 60% ownership interest and is the general partner. 

- 7 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
 
 
Apio processes its fresh-cut, value-added green bean products in four processing plants located in Guadalupe, California; 

Bowling Green, Ohio; Hanover, Pennsylvania; and Vero Beach, Florida. 

Hyaluronan-based Biomaterials Business 

The commercial production of HA by Lifecore requires fermentation, separation and purification capabilities. Products 

are supplied in a variety of bulk and single dose configurations.  

Lifecore  produces  its  HA  through  a  bacterial  fermentation  process.  Medical  grade  HA  was  initially  commercially 
available only through an extraction process from rooster combs. Lifecore believes that the fermentation manufacturing approach 
is  superior  to  rooster  comb  extraction  because  of  greater  efficiency  and  flexibility,  a  more  favorable  long-term  regulatory 
environment, and better economies of scale in producing large commercial quantities. Today’s HA competitors are primarily 
utilizing a fermentation process.  

Lifecore’s  114,000  square  foot  facility  in  Chaska,  Minnesota  is  used  primarily  for  the  HA  manufacturing  process, 
formulation and aseptic syringe and bulk filling. The Company considers that the current inventory on-hand, together with its 
manufacturing capacity, will be sufficient to allow it to meet the needs of its current customers for the foreseeable future.  

Lifecore provides versatility in the manufacturing of various types of finished products. It supplies several different 
forms of HA in a variety of molecular weight fractions as powders, solutions and gels, and in a variety of bulk and single-use 
finished packages. Lifecore continues to conduct development work designed to improve production efficiencies and expand its 
capabilities to achieve a wider range of HA product specifications in order to address the broadening opportunities for using HA 
in medical applications.  

The FDA inspects the Company’s manufacturing systems periodically and requires compliance with the FDA’s Quality 
System Regulation (“QSR”). In addition, Lifecore’s customers conduct intensive quality audits of the facility and its operations. 
Lifecore also periodically contracts with independent regulatory consultants to conduct audits of its operations.  Similar to other 
manufacturers  subject  to  regulatory  and  customer  specific  requirements,  Lifecore’s  facility  was  designed  to  meet  applicable 
regulatory requirements and has been cleared for the manufacturing of both device and pharmaceutical products. The Company 
maintains a Quality System which complies with applicable standards and regulations: FDA Medical Device Quality System 
requirements (21 CFR 820); FDA Drug Good Manufacturing Practices (21 CFR 210-211); European Union Good Manufacturing 
Practices (EudraLex Volume 4); Medical Device Quality Management System (ISO 13485); European Medical Device Directive; 
Canadian  Medical  Device  Regulations;  International  Guide  for  Active  Pharmaceutical  Ingredients  (ICH  Q7),  and  Australian 
Therapeutic Goods Regulations).  Compliance with these international standards of quality greatly assists in the marketing of 
Lifecore’s products globally. 

General 

Several of the raw materials used in manufacturing certain of the Company’s products are currently purchased from a 
single  source.  Although  to  date  the  Company  has  not  experienced  difficulty  acquiring  materials  for  the  manufacture  of  its 
products, no assurance can be given that interruptions in supplies will not occur in the future, that the Company will be able to 
obtain substitute vendors, or that the Company will be able to procure comparable materials at similar prices and terms within a 
reasonable time. Any such interruption of supply could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s ability to manufacture 
and distribute its products and, consequently, could materially and adversely affect the Company’s business, operating results 
and financial condition. 

Research and Development 

Landec is focusing its research and development resources on both existing and new product applications. Expenditures 
for research and development for the fiscal years ended May 31, 2015, May 25, 2014 and May 26, 2013 were $7.0 million, $7.2 
million and $9.3 million, respectively. Research and development expenditures funded by corporate or governmental partners 
were zero during fiscal years 2015 and 2014 and $688,000 during fiscal year 2013. The Company may seek funds for applied 
materials research programs from U.S. government agencies as well as from commercial entities. The Company anticipates that 
it will continue to incur significant research and development expenditures in order to maintain its competitive position with a 
continuing flow of innovative, high-quality products and services. As of May 31, 2015, Landec had 64 employees engaged in 
research and development with experience in polymer and analytical chemistry, product application, product formulation, and 
mechanical and chemical engineering. 

- 8 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Competition 

The  Company  operates  in  highly  competitive  and  rapidly  evolving  fields,  and  new  developments  are  expected  to 
continue  at  a  rapid  pace.  Competition  from  large  food  processors,  packaging  companies,  and  medical  and  pharmaceutical 
companies is intense. Many of these competitors have substantially greater financial and technical resources and production and 
marketing capabilities than the Company, and many have substantially greater experience in conducting field trials, obtaining 
regulatory approvals and manufacturing and marketing commercial products. There can be no assurance that these competitors 
will not succeed in developing alternative technologies and products that are more effective, easier to use or less expensive than 
those which have been or are being developed by the Company or that would render the Company's technology and products 
obsolete and non-competitive.  

Patents and Proprietary Rights 

The Company's success depends in large part on its ability to obtain patents, maintain trade secret protection and operate 
without infringing on the proprietary rights of third parties. The Company has had 48 U.S. patents issued of which 33 remain 
active as of May 31, 2015 with expiration dates ranging from 2015 to 2031. There can be no assurance that any of the pending 
patent applications will be approved, that the Company will develop additional proprietary products that are patentable, that any 
patents issued to the Company will provide the Company with competitive advantages or will not be challenged by any third 
parties or that the patents of others will not prevent the commercialization of products incorporating the Company's technology. 
Furthermore,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  others  will  not  independently  develop  similar  products,  duplicate  any  of  the 
Company's products or design around the Company's patents. Any of the foregoing results could have a material adverse effect 
on the Company's business, operating results and financial condition.  

The commercial success of the Company will also depend, in part, on its ability to avoid infringing patents issued to 
others. If the Company were determined to be infringing any third party patent, the Company could be required to pay damages, 
alter its products or processes, obtain licenses or cease certain activities. In addition, if patents are issued to others which contain 
claims that compete or conflict with those of the Company and such competing or conflicting claims are ultimately determined 
to be valid, the Company may be required to pay damages, to obtain licenses to these patents, to develop or obtain alternative 
technology or to cease using such technology. If the Company is required to obtain any licenses, there can be no assurance that 
the Company will be able to do so on commercially favorable terms, if at all. The Company's failure to obtain a license to any 
technology that it may require to commercialize its products could have a material adverse impact on the Company's business, 
operating results and financial condition.  

Government Regulation  

Government regulation in the United States and other countries is a significant factor in the marketing of certain of the 
Company’s products and in the Company’s ongoing research and development activities. Some of the Company’s products are 
subject to extensive and rigorous regulation by the FDA, which regulates some of the products as medical devices and which, in 
some cases, requires Pre-Market Approval (“PMA”), and by foreign countries, which regulate some of the products as medical 
devices  or  drugs.  Under  the  Federal  Food,  Drug,  and  Cosmetic  Act  (“FDC  Act”),  the  FDA  regulates  the  clinical  testing, 
manufacturing, labeling, distribution, sale and promotion of medical devices in the United States.  

Other  regulatory  requirements  are  placed  on  the  manufacture,  processing,  packaging,  labeling,  distribution, 
recordkeeping  and  reporting  of  a  medical  device  and  on  the  quality  control  procedures,  such  as  the  FDA’s  device  QSR 
regulations.  Manufacturing  facilities  are  subject  to  periodic  inspections  by  the  FDA  to  assure  compliance  with  device  QSR 
requirements, along with pre-approval inspection (PAI) for PMA product introduction. Lifecore’s facility is subject to inspections 
as  both  a  device  and  a  drug  manufacturing  operation.  For  PMA  devices,  the  Company  that  owns  the  product  submission  is 
required to submit an annual report and to obtain approval of a PMA supplement for modifications to the device or its labeling. 
Other applicable FDA requirements include the medical device reporting (“MDR”) regulation, which requires that the Company 
provide information to the FDA regarding deaths or serious injuries alleged to have been associated with the use of its devices, 
as well as product malfunctions that would likely cause or contribute to death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur.  

Employees 

As of  May 31,  2015, Landec  had  550 full-time  employees, of  whom  442  were  dedicated  to research, development, 
manufacturing, quality control and regulatory affairs and 108 were dedicated to sales, marketing and administrative activities. 
Landec intends to recruit additional personnel in connection with the development, manufacturing and marketing of its products. 
None of Landec's employees are represented by a union, and Landec considers its relationship with its employees to be good.  

- 9 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
Available Information 

Landec’s website is http://www.landec.com. Landec makes available free of charge its annual, quarterly and current 
reports, and any amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after electronically filing such reports with the 
SEC. Information contained on our website is not part of this Report. 

Item 1A. Risk Factors  

Landec desires to take advantage of the “Safe Harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 
1995 and of Section 21E and Rule 3b-6 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Specifically, Landec wishes to alert readers 
that the following important factors could in the future affect, and in the past have affected, Landec’s actual results and could 
cause Landec’s results for future periods to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements made by 
or on behalf of Landec. Landec assumes no obligation to update such forward-looking statements. 

Adverse Weather Conditions and Other Acts of God May Cause Substantial Decreases in Our Sales and/or Increases in Our 
Costs 

Our Food Products Technology business is subject to weather conditions that affect commodity prices, crop quality and 
yields,  and  decisions  by  growers  regarding  crops  to  be  planted.  Crop  diseases  and  severe  conditions,  particularly  weather 
conditions such as unexpected or excessive rain or other precipitation, unseasonable temperature fluctuations, floods, droughts, 
frosts, windstorms, earthquakes and hurricanes, may adversely affect the supply of vegetables and fruits used in our business, 
which could reduce the sales volumes and/or increase the unit production costs. Because a significant portion of the costs are 
fixed and contracted in advance of each operating year, volume declines reflecting production interruptions or other factors could 
result in increases in unit production costs which could result in substantial losses and weaken our financial condition. 

We Depend on Our Infrastructure to Have Sufficient Capacity to Handle Our On-Going Production Needs 

We have an infrastructure that has sufficient capacity for our on-going production needs, but if we lose machinery or 
facilities  due  to  natural  disasters  or  mechanical  failure,  we  may  not  be  able  to  operate  at  a  sufficient  capacity  to  meet  our 
production needs. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, which could impact our results of operations and 
our financial condition. 

Our Future Operating Results Are Likely to Fluctuate Which May Cause Our Stock Price to Decline 

In the past, our results of operations have fluctuated significantly from quarter to quarter and are expected to continue 
to fluctuate in the future. Apio can be affected by seasonal and weather factors which have impacted our financial results in the 
past due to shortages of essential value-added produce items. In addition, the quarterly fair market value change in our Windset 
investment can fluctuate substantially quarter to quarter. Our earnings may also fluctuate based on our ability to collect accounts 
receivable from customers and notes receivable from growers and on price fluctuations in the fresh vegetable and fruit markets. 
Other factors that affect our operations include: 

our ability and our growers ability to obtain an adequate supply of labor, 

our growers ability to obtain an adequate supply of water,  

the seasonality and availability of our supplies, 

our ability to process produce during critical harvest periods, 

the timing and effects of ripening, 

the degree of perishability, 

the effectiveness of worldwide distribution systems, 

total worldwide industry volumes, 

- 10 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
the seasonality and timing of consumer demand, 

foreign currency fluctuations, and 

foreign importation restrictions and foreign political risks. 

As a result of these and other factors, we expect to continue to experience fluctuations in quarterly operating results. 

We May Not Be Able to Achieve Acceptance of Our New Products in the Marketplace 

Our success in generating significant sales of our products depends in part on our ability and that of our partners and 
licensees to achieve market acceptance of our new products and technology. The extent to which, and rate at which, we achieve 
market acceptance and penetration of our current and future products is a function of many variables including, but not limited 
to: 

price, 

safety, 

efficacy, 

reliability, 

conversion costs, 

regulatory approvals, 

marketing and sales efforts, and 

general economic conditions affecting purchasing patterns. 

We may not be able to develop and introduce new products and technologies in a timely manner or new products and 
technologies may not gain market acceptance. We or our partners/customers are in the early stage of product commercialization 
of certain Intelimer-based specialty packaging, HA-based products and other Intelimer polymer products. We expect that our 
future growth will depend in large part on our or our partners/customers ability to develop and market new products in our target 
markets and in new markets. In particular, we expect that our ability to compete effectively with existing food products companies 
will depend substantially on developing, commercializing, achieving market acceptance of and reducing the cost of producing 
our  products.  In  addition,  commercial  applications  of  our  temperature  switch  polymer  technology  are  relatively  new  and 
evolving. Our failure to develop new products or the failure of our new products to achieve market acceptance would have a 
material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

We Face Strong Competition in the Marketplace 

Competitors may succeed in developing alternative technologies and products that are more effective, easier to use or 
less  expensive  than  those  which  have  been  or  are  being  developed  by  us  or  that  would  render  our  technology  and  products 
obsolete and non-competitive. We operate in highly competitive and rapidly evolving fields, and new developments are expected 
to continue at a rapid pace. Competition from large food products, industrial, medical and pharmaceutical companies is expected 
to  be  intense.  In  addition,  the  nature  of  our  collaborative  arrangements  may  result  in  our  corporate  partners  and  licensees 
becoming our competitors. Many of these competitors have substantially greater financial and technical resources and production 
and  marketing  capabilities  than  we do,  and  may  have  substantially  greater  experience  in  conducting  clinical  and  field  trials, 
obtaining regulatory approvals and manufacturing and marketing commercial products. 

We Have a Concentration of Manufacturing for Apio and Lifecore and May Have to Depend on Third Parties to Manufacture 
Our Products 

Any disruptions in our primary manufacturing operation at Apio’s facilities in Guadalupe, California or Bowling Green, 
Ohio or Lifecore’s facility in Chaska, Minnesota would reduce our ability to sell our products and would have a material adverse 
effect on our financial results. Additionally, we may need to consider seeking collaborative arrangements with other companies 

- 11 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
to manufacture our products. If we become dependent upon third parties for the manufacture of our products, our profit margins 
and our ability to develop and deliver those products on a timely basis may be adversely affected. Failures by third parties may 
impair our ability to deliver products on a timely basis and impair our competitive position. We may not be able to continue to 
successfully  operate  our  manufacturing  operations  at  acceptable  costs,  with  acceptable  yields,  and  retain  adequately  trained 
personnel.  

Our Dependence on Single-Source Suppliers and Service Providers May Cause Disruption in Our Operations Should Any 
Supplier Fail to Deliver Materials 

We may experience difficulty acquiring materials or services for the manufacture of our products or we may not be able 
to obtain substitute vendors. In addition, we may not be able to procure comparable materials at similar prices and terms within 
a reasonable time. Several services that are provided to Apio are obtained from a single provider. Several of the raw materials 
we use to manufacture our products are currently purchased from a single source, including some monomers used to synthesize 
Intelimer  polymers,  substrate  materials  for  our  breathable  membrane  products  and  raw  materials  for  our  HA  products.  Any 
interruption of our relationship with single-source suppliers or service providers could delay product shipments and materially 
harm our business. 

Any New Business Acquisition Will Involve Uncertainty Relating to Integration  

We  have  acquired  other  businesses  in  the  past  and  may  make  additional  acquisitions  in  the  future.  The  successful 
integration of new business acquisitions may require substantial effort from the Company's management. The diversion of the 
attention of management and any difficulties encountered in the transition process could have a material adverse effect on the 
Company's  ability  to  realize  the  anticipated  benefits  of  the  acquisitions.  The  successful  combination  of  new  businesses  also 
requires coordination of research and development activities, manufacturing, sales and marketing efforts. In addition, the process 
of combining organizations located in different geographic regions could cause the interruption of, or a loss of momentum in, 
the Company's activities. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to retain key management, technical, sales 
and customer support personnel, or that the Company will realize the anticipated benefits of any acquisitions, and the failure to 
do so would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. 

We May Be Unable to Adequately Protect Our Intellectual Property Rights or May Infringe Intellectual Property Rights of 
Others 

We may receive notices from third parties, including some of our competitors, claiming infringement by our products 
of their patent and other proprietary rights. Regardless of their merit, responding to any such claim could be time-consuming, 
result in costly litigation and require us to enter royalty and licensing agreements which may not be offered or available on terms 
acceptable to us. If a successful claim is made against us and we fail to develop or license a substitute technology, we could be 
required  to  alter  our  products  or  processes  and  our  business,  results  of  operations  or  financial  position  could  be  materially 
adversely affected. Our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain patents, maintain trade secret protection and operate 
without infringing on the proprietary rights of third parties. Any pending patent applications we file may not be approved and 
we may not be able to develop additional proprietary products that are patentable. Any patents issued to us may not provide us 
with competitive advantages or may be challenged by third parties. Patents held by others may prevent the commercialization of 
products incorporating our technology. Furthermore, others may independently develop similar products, duplicate our products 
or design around our patents. 

Our Operations Are Subject to Regulations that Directly Impact Our Business 

Our products and operations  are  subject  to  governmental  regulation  in the United  States  and foreign  countries.  The 
manufacture of our products is subject to periodic inspection by regulatory authorities. We may not be able to obtain necessary 
regulatory approvals on a timely basis or at all. Delays in receipt of or failure to receive approvals or loss of previously received 
approvals would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Although we have 
no reason to believe that we will not be able to comply with all applicable regulations regarding the manufacture and sale of our 
products and polymer materials, regulations are always subject to change and depend heavily on administrative interpretations 
and the country in which the products are sold. Future changes in regulations or interpretations relating to matters such as safe 
working conditions, laboratory and manufacturing practices, environmental controls, and disposal of hazardous or potentially 
hazardous substances may adversely affect our business.  

- 12 - 

 
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
We are subject to FDA rules and regulations concerning the safety of the food products handled and sold by Apio, and 
the facilities in which they are packed and processed. Failure to comply with the applicable regulatory requirements can, among 
other things, result in: 

fines, injunctions, civil penalties, and suspensions, 

withdrawal of regulatory approvals,  

product recalls and product seizures, including cessation of manufacturing and sales, 

operating restrictions, and  

criminal prosecution. 

We may be required to incur significant costs to comply with the laws and regulations in the future which may have a 

material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. 

Our food packaging products are subject to regulation under the FDC Act. Under the FDC Act, any substance that when 
used as intended may reasonably be expected to become, directly or indirectly, a component or otherwise affect the characteristics 
of any food may be regulated as a food additive unless the substance is generally recognized as safe. Food packaging materials 
are generally not considered food additives by the FDA because these products are not expected to become components of food 
under their expected conditions of use. We consider our breathable membrane product to be a food packaging material not subject 
to  regulation  or  approval  by  the  FDA.  We  have  not  received  any  communication  from  the  FDA  concerning  our  breathable 
membrane product. If the FDA were to determine that our breathable membrane products are food additives, we may be required 
to submit a food additive petition for approval by the FDA. The food additive petition process is lengthy, expensive and uncertain. 
A determination by the FDA that a food additive petition is necessary would have a material adverse effect on our business, 
operating results and financial condition. 

Our Food Products Technology business is subject to the Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act (“PACA”). PACA 
regulates fair trade standards in the fresh produce industry and governs all the products sold by Apio. Our failure to comply with 
the PACA requirements could among other things, result in civil penalties, suspension or revocation of a license to sell produce, 
and in the most egregious cases, criminal prosecution, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

Lifecore’s existing products and its products under development are considered to be medical devices and therefore, 
require clearance or approval by the FDA before commercial sales can be made in the United States. The products also require 
the approval of foreign government agencies before sales may be made in many other countries. The process of obtaining these 
clearances or approvals varies according to the nature and use of the product. It can involve lengthy and detailed safety, efficacy 
and clinical studies, as well as extensive site inspections and lengthy regulatory agency reviews. There can be no assurance that 
any of the Company’s clinical studies will show safety or effectiveness; that any of the Company’s products that require FDA 
clearance or  approval will  obtain  such  clearance or  approval on  a  timely  basis,  on  terms  acceptable  to  the  Company  for  the 
purpose  of  actually  marketing  the  products,  or  at  all;  or  that  following  any  such  clearance  or  approval  previously  unknown 
problems will not result in restrictions on the marketing of the products or withdrawal of clearance or approval. 

In addition, most of the existing products being sold by Lifecore and its customers are subject to continued regulation 
by the FDA, various state agencies and foreign regulatory agencies which regulate manufacturing, labeling and record keeping 
procedures for such products. Marketing clearances or approvals by these agencies can be withdrawn due to failure to comply 
with regulatory standards or the occurrence of unforeseen problems following initial clearance or approval. These agencies can 
also limit or prevent the manufacture or distribution of Lifecore’s products. A determination that Lifecore is in violation of such 
regulations could lead to the imposition of civil penalties, including fines, product recalls or product seizures, injunctions, and, 
in extreme cases, criminal sanctions. 

Federal, state and local regulations impose various environmental controls on the use, storage, discharge or disposal of 
toxic, volatile or otherwise hazardous chemicals and gases used in some of our manufacturing processes. Our failure to control 
the use of, or to restrict adequately the discharge of, hazardous substances under present or future regulations could subject us to 
substantial liability or could cause our manufacturing operations to be suspended and changes in environmental regulations may 
impose the need for additional capital equipment or other requirements. 

- 13 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
 
 
We Depend on Strategic Partners and Licenses for Future Development 

Our strategy for development, clinical and field testing, manufacture, commercialization and marketing for some of our 
current and future products includes entering into various collaborations with corporate partners, licensees and others. We are 
dependent on our corporate partners to develop, test, manufacture and/or market some of our products. Although we believe that 
our partners in these collaborations have an economic motivation to succeed in performing their contractual responsibilities, the 
amount and timing of resources to be devoted to these activities are not within our control. Our partners may not perform their 
obligations  as expected or we  may  not  derive  any  additional revenue from  the  arrangements.  Our partners  may  not  pay  any 
additional  option  or  license  fees  to  us  or  may  not  develop,  market  or  pay  any  royalty  fees  related  to  products  under  such 
agreements.  Moreover,  some  of  the  collaborative  agreements  provide  that  they  may  be  terminated  at  the  discretion  of  the 
corporate partner, and some of the collaborative agreements provide for termination under other circumstances. Our partners 
may pursue existing or alternative technologies in preference to our technology. Furthermore, we may not be able to negotiate 
additional collaborative arrangements in the future on acceptable terms, if at all, and our collaborative arrangements may not be 
successful. 

Our Reputation and Business May Be Harmed if Our Computer Network Security or Any of the Databases Containing Our 
Trade  Secrets,  Proprietary  Information or  the  Personal  Information  of  Our  Employees  Are  Compromised,  Which  Could 
Cause a Material Adverse Effect on Our Results of Operations.  

Cyber attacks or security breaches could compromise our confidential business information, cause a disruption in the 
Company’s operations or harm our reputation. We maintain numerous information assets, including intellectual property, trade 
secrets and other sensitive information critical to the operation and success of our business on computer networks, and such 
information may be compromised in the event that the security of such networks is breached. We also maintain confidential 
information  regarding  our  employees  and  job  applicants,  including  personal  identification  information.  The  protection  of 
employee  and  company  data  in  the  information  technology  systems  we  utilize  (including  those  maintained  by  third-party 
providers)  is  critical.  Despite  the  efforts  by  us  to  secure  computer  networks  utilized  for  our  business,  security  could  be 
compromised, confidential information, such as Company information assets and personally identifiable employee information, 
could be misappropriated or system disruptions could occur.  

In addition, we may not have the resources or technical sophistication to anticipate or prevent rapidly evolving types of 
cyber  attacks.  Attacks  may  be  targeted  at  us,  our  customers  or  others  who  have  entrusted  us  with  information.  Actual  or 
anticipated  attacks  may  cause  us  to  incur  increasing  costs,  including  costs  to  deploy  additional  personnel  and  protection 
technologies,  train  employees  and  engage  third-party  experts  and  consultants.  Advances  in  computer  capabilities,  new 
technological discoveries or other developments may result in the technology used by us to protect sensitive Company data being 
breached or compromised. Furthermore, actual or anticipated cyber attacks or data breaches may cause significant disruptions to 
our network operations, which may impact our ability to deliver shipments or respond to customer needs in a timely or efficient 
manner. 

Data and security breaches could also occur as a result of non-technical issues, including an intentional or inadvertent 
breach by our employees or by persons with whom we have commercial relationships that result in the unauthorized release of 
confidential information related to our business or personal information of our employees. Any compromise or breach of our 
computer network security could result in a violation of applicable privacy and other laws, costly investigations and litigation 
and potential regulatory or other actions by governmental agencies. As a result of any of the foregoing, we could experience 
adverse publicity, the compromise of valuable information assets, loss of sales, the cost of remedial measures and/or significant 
expenditures to reimburse third parties for resulting damages, any of which could adversely impact our brand, our business and 
our results of operations.  

The Global Economy is Experiencing Continued Volatility, Which May Have an Adverse Effect on Our Business  

In  recent  years,  the  U.S.  and  international  economy  and  financial  markets  experienced  a  significant  slowdown  and 
volatility due to uncertainties related to the availability of credit, energy prices, difficulties in the banking and financial services 
sectors, softness in the housing market, diminished market liquidity, geopolitical conflicts, falling consumer confidence and high 
unemployment rates. Ongoing volatility in the economy and financial markets could further lead to reduced demand for our 
products,  which  in  turn,  would  reduce  our  revenues  and  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations.  In  particular,  volatility  in  the  global  markets  have  resulted  in  softer  demand  and  more  conservative  purchasing 
decisions by customers, including a tendency toward lower-priced products, which could negatively impact our revenues, gross 
margins and results of operations. In addition to a reduction in sales, our profitability may decrease because we may not be able 
to reduce costs at the same rate as our sales decline. We cannot predict the ultimate severity or length of the current period of 

- 14 - 

 
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
volatility, whether the recent signs of economic recovery will prove sustainable, or the timing or severity of future economic or 
industry downturns. 

Given  the  current  uncertain  economic  environment,  our  customers,  suppliers  and  partners  may  have  difficulties 
obtaining capital at adequate or historical levels to finance their ongoing business and operations, which could impair their ability 
to make timely payments to us. This may result in lower sales and/or inventory that may not be saleable or bad debt expense for 
Landec. In addition to the impact of the current market uncertainty on our customers, some of our vendors and growers may 
experience a reduction in their availability of funds and cash flows, which could negatively impact their business as well as ours. 
A further worsening of the economic environment or continued or increased volatility of the U.S. economy, including increased 
volatility in the credit markets, could adversely impact our customers’ and vendors’ ability or willingness to conduct business 
with us on the same terms or at the same levels as they have historically. Further, this economic volatility and uncertainty about 
future economic conditions makes it challenging for Landec to forecast its operating results, make business decisions, and identify 
the risks that may affect its business, sources and uses of cash, financial condition and results of operations. 

Our International Sales May Expose Our Business to Additional Risks 

For  fiscal  year  2015,  approximately  30%  of  our  total  revenues  were  derived  from  product  sales  to  international 
customers. A number of risks  are  inherent in  international  transactions. International  sales  and operations  may  be  limited  or 
disrupted by any of the following: 

regulatory approval process, 

government controls, 

export license requirements, 

political instability, 

price controls, 

trade restrictions,  

changes in tariffs, or 

difficulties in staffing and managing international operations.  

Foreign regulatory agencies have or may establish product standards different from those in the United States, and any 
inability  on  our  part  to  obtain  foreign  regulatory  approvals  on  a  timely  basis  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
international business, and our financial condition and results of operations. While our foreign sales are currently priced in dollars, 
fluctuations in currency exchange rates may reduce the demand for our products by increasing the price of our products in the 
currency of the countries in which the products are sold. Regulatory, geopolitical and other factors may adversely impact our 
operations in the future or require us to modify our current business practices. 

Cancellations or Delays of Orders by Our Customers May Adversely Affect Our Business 

During fiscal year 2015, sales to our top five customers accounted for approximately 46% of our revenues, with our two 
largest customers from our Food Products Technology segment, Costco and Wal-mart accounting for approximately 21% and 
11%, respectively, of our revenues. We expect that, for the foreseeable future, a limited number of customers may continue to 
account for a substantial portion of our revenues. We may experience changes in the composition of our customer base as we 
have experienced in the past. The reduction, delay or cancellation of orders from one or more major customers for any reason or 
the loss of one or more of our major customers could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial 
condition. In addition, since some of the products processed by Apio and Lifecore are sole sourced to customers, our operating 
results could be adversely affected if one or more of our major customers were to develop other sources of supply. Our current 
customers may not continue to place orders, orders by existing customers may be canceled or may not continue at the levels of 
previous periods or we may not be able to obtain orders from new customers.  

- 15 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Our Sale of Some Products May Expose Us to Product Liability Claims  

The testing, manufacturing, marketing, and sale of the products we develop involve an inherent risk of allegations of 
product liability. If any of our products were determined or alleged to be contaminated or defective or to have caused a harmful 
accident to an end-customer, we could incur substantial costs in responding to complaints or litigation regarding our products 
and our product brand image could be materially damaged. Such events may have a material adverse effect on our business, 
operating  results  and  financial  condition.  Although  we  have  taken  and  intend  to  continue  to  take  what  we  consider  to  be 
appropriate precautions to minimize exposure to product liability claims, we may not be able to avoid significant liability. We 
currently maintain product liability insurance. While we think the coverage and limits are consistent with industry standards, our 
coverage may not be adequate or may not continue to be available at an acceptable cost, if at all. A product liability claim, product 
recall or other claim with respect to uninsured liabilities or in excess of insured liabilities could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, operating results and financial condition. 

Our Stock Price May Fluctuate in Response to Various Conditions, Many of Which Are Beyond Our Control 

The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are 

beyond our control, including the following: 

technological innovations applicable to our products, 

our attainment of (or failure to attain) milestones in the commercialization of our technology,  

our development of new products or the development of new products by our competitors, 

new patents or changes in existing patents applicable to our products,  

our acquisition of new businesses or the sale or disposal of a part of our businesses, 

development of new collaborative arrangements by us, our competitors or other parties, 

changes in government regulations applicable to our business,  

changes in investor perception of our business,  

fluctuations in our operating results, and  

changes in the general market conditions in our industry.  

Fluctuations in our quarterly results may, particularly if unforeseen, cause us to miss projections which might result in 

analysts or investors changing their valuation of our stock. 

Lapses in Disclosure Controls and Procedures or Internal Control Over Financial Reporting Could Materially and Adversely 
Affect the Company’s Operations, Profitability or Reputation.  

We are committed to maintaining high standards of internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and 
procedures. Nevertheless, lapses or deficiencies in disclosure controls and procedures or in our internal control over financial 
reporting may occur from time to time. On January 2, 2013, we reported that our audit committee reached a determination to 
restate  our  previously-filed  interim  financial  statements  for  the  quarter  ended  August  26,  2012  and  that  our  previously-filed 
interim financial statements for the quarter ended August 26, 2012 should not be relied upon. We also reported management’s 
determination that a material weakness existed in our internal control over financial reporting at August 26, 2012. As a result of 
the material weakness, management also concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective at August 26, 
2012.  

There can be no assurance that our disclosure controls and procedures will be effective in preventing a material weakness 
or significant deficiency in internal control over financial reporting from occurring in the future. Any such lapses or deficiencies 
may materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations or financial condition, restrict our ability to access the 

- 16 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
capital markets, require us to expend resources to correct the lapses or deficiencies, expose us to regulatory or legal proceedings, 
harm our reputation, or otherwise cause a decline in investor confidence.  

We May Be Exposed to Employment Related Claims and Costs that Could Materially Adversely Affect Our Business 

We  have  been  subject  in  the  past,  and  may  be  in  the  future,  to  claims  by  employees  based  on  allegations  of 
discrimination, negligence, harassment and inadvertent employment of undocumented workers or unlicensed personnel, and we 
may be subject to payment of workers' compensation claims and other similar claims. We could incur substantial costs and our 
management could spend a significant amount of time responding to such complaints or litigation regarding employee claims, 
which may have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. 

We Are Dependent on Our Key Employees and if One or More of Them Were to Leave, We Could Experience Difficulties in 
Replacing Them, Efficiently or Effectively Transitioning Their Replacements and Our Operating Results Could Suffer 

The success of our business depends to a significant extent on the continued service and performance of a relatively 
small number of key senior management, technical, sales, and marketing personnel. It has been announced that in October 2015 
Molly Hemmeter, Landec’s current COO, will become the new CEO of the Company, succeeding Gary Steele, who has served 
as the Company’s CEO since September 1991 and is retiring as CEO, but will remain on the Company’s Board of Directors. The 
loss of any of our key personnel for an extended period would likely harm our business. In addition, competition for senior level 
personnel with knowledge and experience in our different lines of business is intense. If any of our key personnel were to leave, 
we would need to devote substantial resources and management attention to replace them. As a result, management attention 
may be diverted from managing our business, and we may need to pay higher compensation to replace these employees. 

We May Issue Preferred Stock with Preferential Rights that Could Affect Your Rights 

The issuance of shares of preferred stock could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire a 
majority of our outstanding stock, and the holders of such preferred stock could have voting, dividend, liquidation and other 
rights superior to those of holders of our Common Stock. 

We Have Never Paid any Dividends on Our Common Stock 

We have not paid any dividends on our Common Stock since inception and do not expect to in the foreseeable future. 

Any dividends may be subject to preferential dividends payable on any preferred stock we may issue. 

Our Profitability Could Be Materially and Adversely Affected if it is Determined that the Book Value of Goodwill is Higher 
than Fair Value 

Our  balance  sheet  includes  an  amount  designated  as  “goodwill”  that  represents  a  portion  of  our  assets  and  our 
stockholders’ equity. Goodwill arises when an acquirer pays more for a business than the fair value of the tangible and separately 
measurable intangible net assets. In accordance with accounting guidance, goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually 
and more frequently if circumstances indicate a possible impairment. If we determine at any time in the future that the book value 
of goodwill is higher than fair value then the difference must be written off, which could materially and adversely affect our 
reported profitability. 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 

None. 

- 17 - 

 
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Item 2.     Properties 

As of May 31, 2015, the Company owned or leased properties in Menlo Park, Arroyo Grande and Guadalupe California; 
Chaska, Minnesota; Bowling Green and McClure, Ohio; Hanover, Pennsylvania; Vero Beach, Florida; Rock Hill, South Carolina 
and Rock Tavern, New York as described below. 

Location 
Menlo Park, CA ...........   

 Business 
Segment 
Corporate 

   Ownership 

Facilities 

Acres of 
Land 

Leased 

  14,600 square feet of office and 

   — 

laboratory space 

Chaska, MN .................   

HA-based 
Biomaterials 
Guadalupe, CA .............    Food Products 

Owned 

  114,000 square feet of office, 

Owned 

laboratory and manufacturing space  
  199,000 square feet of office space, 

Technology 

Bowling Green, OH .....    Food Products 

Owned 

Hanover, PA .................    Food Products 

Owned 

Technology 

Vero Beach, FL ............    Food Products 

Leased 

Technology 

Technology 

manufacturing and cold storage 
  55,900 square feet of office space, 
manufacturing and cold storage 
  18,700 square feet of office space, 
manufacturing and cold storage 
  9,200 square feet of office space, 
manufacturing and cold storage 

27.5 

17.7 

 7.7 

15.3 

Lease 
Expiration 
12/31/16 

— 

— 

— 

— 

   — 

12/31/17 

Rock Hill, SC ...............    Food Products 

Owned 

  16,400 square feet of cold storage and 

3.6 

— 

Technology 

office space 

Rock Tavern, NY .........    Food Products 

Leased 

  7,700 square feet of cold storage and 

   — 

8/23/23 

Technology 

office space  

McClure, OH ................    Food Products 

Leased 

  Farm land 

185 

 12/31/17 

Technology 

Guadalupe, CA .............    Food Products 

Leased 

  105,000 square feet of parking space    

2.4 

9/30/18 

Technology 

Guadalupe, CA .............    Food Products 

Leased 

  5,300 square feet of office space 

   — 

5/31/17 

Technology 
Arroyo Grande, CA ......    Food Export 

Leased 

  1,100 square feet of office space 

   — 

  Month-to- 
Month  

The obligations of the Company under its credit agreement with BMO Harris Bank N.A. (“BMO Harris”) are secured 
by a lien on the Chaska, MN land and building. The obligations of the Company under its credit agreement with General Electric 
Capital Corporation (“General Electric”) are secured by a lien on all of the land and buildings of the Food Products Technology 
segment. 

Item 3.     Legal Proceedings 

As of the date of this report, the Company is not a party to any legal proceedings. 

Item 4.     Mine Safety Disclosures 

Not applicable. 

- 18 - 

 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
PART II 

Item 5.     Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

Market Information 

The Common Stock is traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “LNDC”. The following table 

sets forth for each period indicated the high and low sales prices for the Common Stock. 

Fiscal Year Ended May 31, 2015 

High 

Low 

4th Quarter ending May 31, 2015 .........................................   $
3rd Quarter ending March 1, 2015 ........................................   $
2nd Quarter ending November 30, 2014 ...............................   $
1st Quarter ending August 31, 2014 .....................................   $

15.16     $ 
14.73    $ 
13.64    $ 
13.26    $ 

Fiscal Year Ended May 25, 2014 

High 

Low 

4th Quarter ending May 25, 2014 .........................................   $
3rd Quarter ending February 23, 2014 ..................................   $
2nd Quarter ending November 24, 2013 ...............................   $
1st Quarter ending August 25, 2013 .....................................   $

12.16     $ 
12.62    $ 
13.57    $ 
15.82    $ 

Holders 

13.38 
12.66 
10.75 
11.15 

10.19 
10.08 
11.34 
13.21 

There were approximately 48 holders of record of 27,009,342 shares of outstanding Common Stock as of July 17, 2015. 

Since certain holders are listed under their brokerage firm’s names, the actual number of stockholders is higher.  

Dividends 

The Company has not paid any dividends on the Common Stock since its inception. The Company presently intends to 
retain all future earnings, if any, for its business and does not anticipate paying cash dividends on its Common Stock in the 
foreseeable future. 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

There were no shares repurchased by the Company during fiscal years 2015 or 2014. The Company may still repurchase 
up to $3.8 million of the Company’s Common Stock under the Company’s stock repurchase plan announced on July 14, 2010.  

- 19 - 

 
  
  
  
  
 
    
 
  
      
        
 
  
 
    
 
  
      
        
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Item 6.     Selected Financial Data 

The information set forth below is not necessarily indicative of the results of future operations and should be read in 
conjunction with the information contained in Item 7 – “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 
Results of Operations” and the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in 
Item 8 of this report. 

   Year Ended  
May 31, 2015 

    Year Ended  
May 25, 2014 

    Year Ended  
May 26, 2013 

    Year Ended  
May 27, 2012 

     Year Ended  
May 29, 2011 

Statement of Income Data: 
(in thousands) 

Product sales ............................   $ 

539,257    $

476,813    $

441,708    $

317,552    $

276,729 

Cost of product sales ................     

473,850     

414,249     

378,948     

265,414     

230,034 

Gross profit ..............................     

65,407     

62,564     

62,760     

52,138     

46,695 

Operating costs and expenses:        
Research and development ...     
Selling, general and 
administrative .....................     
Other operating 
(income)/expenses ..............     
Total operating costs and 
expenses ..............................     

6,988     

7,204     

9,294     

9,625     

9,275 

39,958     

35,170     

32,531     

26,515     

24,608 

—     

—     

(3,933)    

1,421     

4,780 

46,946     

42,374     

37,892     

37,561     

38,663 

Operating profit ........................     

18,461     

20,190     

24,868     

14,577     

Dividend income ......................     
Interest income .........................     
Interest expense and other ........     
Other income ............................     
Net income before taxes ...........     
Income tax expense ..................     
Consolidated net income ..........     
Non-controlling interest ...........     
Net income applicable to 
common stockholders .............   $ 

1,417     
315     
(1,829)    
3,107     
21,471     
(7,746)    
13,725     
(181)    

1,125     
260     
(1,650)    
10,000     
29,925     
(10,583)    
19,342     
(197)    

1,125     
179     
(2,008)    
8,100     
32,264     
(9,452)    
22,812     
(225)    

1,125     
180     
(929)    
5,331     
20,284     
(7,185)    
13,099     
(403)    

13,544    $

19,145    $

22,587    $

12,696    $

3,920 

Basic net income per share .......   $ 
Diluted net income per share ....   $ 

0.50    $
0.50    $

0.72    $
0.71    $

0.87    $
0.85    $

0.49    $
0.49    $

0.15 
0.15 

Shares used in per share 
computation: 
Basic .........................................     
Diluted ......................................     

26,884     
27,336     

26,628     
27,120     

25,830     
26,626     

25,849     
26,126     

26,397 
26,626 

   May 31, 2015      May 25, 2014      May 26, 2013      May 27, 2012       May 29, 2011   

Balance Sheet Data: 
(in thousands) 
Cash and cash equivalents ........   $ 
Total assets ...............................     
Long-term debt .........................     
Retained earnings .....................     
Total stockholders’ equity ........   $ 

14,127    $
346,465     
42,519     
85,098     
218,432    $

13,718    $
290,942     
40,305     
52,409     
178,693    $

22,177    $
277,692     
47,317     
29,822     
149,742    $

8,135 
206,312 
19,830 
17,126 
136,055 

14,243    $
313,623     
34,372     
71,554     
203,069    $

- 20 - 

8,032 

328 
430 
(820)
472 
8,442 
(4,181)
4,261 
(341)

 
  
   
  
 
      
        
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
        
 
  
      
        
        
        
        
 
  
      
        
        
        
        
 
  
      
        
        
        
        
 
  
      
        
        
        
        
 
        
        
        
        
 
  
      
        
        
        
        
 
  
      
        
        
        
        
 
  
      
        
        
        
        
 
  
      
        
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
        
 
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
        
 
  
Item 7.     Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

The  following  discussion  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Financial  Statements 
contained in Item 8 of this report. Except for the historical information contained herein, the matters discussed in this report are 
forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These forward-looking 
statements involve certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-
looking statements. Potential risks and uncertainties include, without limitation, those mentioned in this report and, in particular, 
the factors described in Item 1A. "Risk Factors.” Landec undertakes no obligation to revise any forward-looking statements in 
order to reflect events or circumstances that may arise after the date of this report. 

Overview 

Landec  Corporation  and  its  subsidiaries  (“Landec”  or  the  “Company”)  design,  develop,  manufacture  and  sell 
differentiated products for food and biomaterials markets and license technology applications to partners. The Company has two 
proprietary polymer technology platforms: 1) Intelimer polymers, and 2) hyaluronan (“HA”) biopolymers. The Company’s HA 
biopolymers are proprietary in that they are specially formulated for specific customers to meet strict regulatory requirements. 
The  Company’s  polymer  technologies,  along with  its  customer  relationships  and  trade  names,  are  the  foundation, and  a key 
differentiating advantage upon which Landec has built its business. The Company sells specialty packaged branded Eat Smart 
and  GreenLine  and  private  label  fresh-cut  vegetables  and  whole  produce  to  retailers,  club  stores  and  foodservice  operators, 
primarily  in  the  United  States,  Canada  and  Asia  through  its  Apio,  Inc.  (“Apio”)  subsidiary  and  sells  HA-based  biomaterials 
through its Lifecore Biomedical, Inc. (“Lifecore”) subsidiary. 

Landec has three operating segments – Food Products Technology, Food Export, and HA-based Biomaterials. The Food 
Products Technology segment combines the Company’s BreatheWay packaging technology with Apio’s branded Eat Smart and 
GreenLine and private label fresh-cut and whole produce business. The Food Export business is operated through Apio’s Cal-Ex 
export company which purchases and sells whole fruit and vegetable products to predominantly Asian markets. The HA-based 
Biomaterials business sells products utilizing HA in the ophthalmic, orthopedic and veterinary segments and also supplies HA 
to  customers  pursuing other medical  applications,  such  as  aesthetic  surgery,  medical  device  coatings,  tissue  engineering  and 
pharmaceuticals. See "Business - Description of Business Segments". 

As of May 31, 2015, the Company’s retained earnings were $85 million. The Company may incur losses in the future. 
The amount of future net profits, if any, is uncertain and there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to sustain 
profitability in future years. 

Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates 

Use of Estimates 

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  requires 
management  to  make  certain  estimates  and  judgments  that  affect  the  amounts  reported  in  the  financial  statements  and 
accompanying notes. The accounting estimates that require management’s most significant and subjective judgments include 
revenue recognition; sales returns and allowances; self insurance liabilities; recognition and measurement of current and deferred 
income  tax  assets  and  liabilities;  the  assessment  of  recoverability  of  long-lived  assets;  the  valuation  of  intangible assets  and 
inventory; the valuation of investments; and the valuation and recognition of stock-based compensation. 

These estimates involve the consideration of complex factors and require management to make judgments. The analysis 
of historical and future trends can require extended periods of time to resolve, and are subject to change from period to period. 
The actual results may differ from management’s estimates. 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

The  Company  maintains  allowances  for  doubtful  accounts  for  estimated  losses  resulting  from  the  inability  of  its 
customers  to  make  required  payments.  The  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is  based  on  review  of  the  overall  condition  of 
accounts receivable balances and review of significant past due accounts. If the financial condition of the Company’s customers 
were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required.  

- 21 - 

 
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Inventories 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. If the cost of the inventories exceeds their expected market value, 
provisions are recorded currently for the difference between the cost and the market value. These provisions are determined 
based  on  specific  identification  for  unusable  inventory  and  an  additional  reserve,  based  on  historical  losses,  for  inventory 
currently considered to be usable. 

Revenue Recognition 

Revenue  from  product  sales  is  recognized  when  there  is  persuasive  evidence  that  an  arrangement  exists,  title  has 
transferred, the price is fixed and determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. Allowances are established for estimated 
uncollectible amounts, product returns, and discounts based on specific identification and historical losses.  

Apio’s Food Products Technology revenues generally consist of revenues generated from the sale of specialty packaged 
fresh-cut  and  whole  value-added  processed  vegetable  products  that  are  generally  washed  and  packaged  in  our  proprietary 
packaging and sold under Apio’s Eat Smart and GreenLine brands and various private labels. Revenue is generally recognized 
upon shipment of these products to customers. The Company takes title to all produce it trades and/or packages, and therefore, 
records revenues and cost of sales at gross amounts in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. 

In addition, Food Products Technology value-added revenues include the revenues generated from Apio Cooling, LP, 
a  vegetable  cooling  operation  in  which  Apio  is  the  general  partner  with  a  60%  ownership  position  and  from  the  sale  of 
BreatheWay packaging to license partners. Revenue is recognized on the vegetable cooling operations as cooling and storage 
services are provided to our customers. Sales of BreatheWay packaging are recognized when shipped to our customers. 

Apio’s Food Export revenues consist of revenues generated from the purchase and sale of primarily whole commodity 
fruit and vegetable products to Asia by Cal-Ex. As most Cal-Ex customers are in countries outside of the U.S., title transfers and 
revenue is generally recognized upon arrival of the shipment in the foreign port. Apio records revenue equal to the sale price to 
third parties because it takes title to the product while in transit. 

Our HA-based Biomaterials business principally generates revenue through the sale of products containing HA. Lifecore 
primarily sells products to customers in three medical areas: (1) Ophthalmic, which represented approximately 60% of Lifecore’s 
revenues in fiscal year 2015, (2) Orthopedic, which represented approximately 20% of Lifecore’s revenues in fiscal year 2015 
and (3) Veterinary/Other. The vast majority of revenues from our HA-based Biomaterials business are recognized upon shipment.  

Lifecore’s business development revenues, a portion of which are included in all three medical areas, are related to 
contract research and development (R&D) services and multi-element arrangement services with customers where the Company 
provides products and/or services in a bundled arrangement. 

Contract R&D revenue is recorded as earned, based on the performance requirements of the contract. Non-refundable 
contract fees for which no further performance obligations exist, and there is no continuing involvement by the Company, are 
recognized on the earlier of when the payment is received or collection is assured. 

For  sales  arrangements  that  contain  multiple  elements,  the  Company  splits  the  arrangement  into  separate  units  of 
accounting if the individually delivered elements have value to the customer on a standalone basis. The Company also evaluates 
whether  multiple  transactions  with  the  same  customer  or  related  party  should  be  considered  part  of  a  multiple  element 
arrangement,  whereby  the  Company  assesses,  among  other  factors,  whether  the  contracts  or  agreements  are  negotiated  or 
executed within a short time frame of each other or if there are indicators that the contracts are negotiated in contemplation of 
each other. The Company then allocates revenue to each element based on a selling price hierarchy. The relative selling price for 
a deliverable is based on its vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE), if available, third-party evidence (TPE), if VSOE is not 
available,  or  estimated  selling  price,  if  neither  VSOE  nor  TPE  is  available.  The  Company  then  recognizes  revenue  on  each 
deliverable in accordance with its policies for product and service revenue recognition. The Company is not typically able to 
determine  VSOE  or  TPE,  and  therefore,  uses  the  estimated  selling  price  to  allocate  revenue  between  the  elements  of  an 
arrangement. 

The Company limits the amount of revenue recognition for delivered elements to the amount that is not contingent on 
the future delivery of products or services or future performance obligations or subject to customer-specific cancellation rights. 
The Company evaluates each deliverable in an arrangement to determine whether they represent separate units of accounting. A 
deliverable constitutes a separate unit of accounting when it has stand-alone value, and for an arrangement that includes a general 
right of return relative to the delivered products or services, delivery or performance of the undelivered product or service is 
- 22 - 

 
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
considered probable and is substantially controlled by the Company. The Company considers a deliverable to have stand-alone 
value if the product or service is sold separately by the Company or another vendor or could be resold by the customer. Further, 
the  revenue  arrangements  generally  do  not  include  a  general  right  of  return  relative  to  the  delivered  products.  Where  the 
aforementioned criteria for a separate unit of accounting are not met, the deliverable is combined with the undelivered element(s) 
and treated as a single unit of accounting for the purposes of allocation of the arrangement consideration and revenue recognition. 
The Company allocates the total arrangement consideration to each separable element of an arrangement based upon the relative 
selling price of each element. Allocation of the consideration is determined at arrangement inception on the basis of each unit’s 
relative selling price. In instances where the Company has not established fair value for any undelivered element, revenue for all 
elements is deferred until delivery of the final element is completed and all recognition criteria are met. 

Licensing revenue is recognized in accordance with prevailing accounting guidance. Initial license fees are deferred and 
amortized to revenue over the period of the agreement when a contract exists, the fee is fixed and determinable, and collectability 
is reasonably assured. Noncancellable, nonrefundable license fees are recognized over the period of the agreement, including 
those governing research and development activities and any related supply agreement entered into concurrently with the license 
when the risk associated with commercialization of a product is non-substantive at the outset of the arrangement. 

From time to time, the Company offers customers sales incentives, which include volume rebates and discounts. These 

amounts are estimated on a quarterly basis and recorded as a reduction of revenue. 

A summary of revenues by type of revenue arrangement as described above is as follows (in thousands): 

  Year ended 
May 31, 2015

    Year ended 
May 25, 2014 

     Year ended  
May 26, 2013

Recorded upon shipment .......................................................................   $
Recorded upon acceptance in foreign port ............................................    
Revenue from multiple element arrangements ......................................    
Revenue from license fees, R&D contracts and royalties/profit 
sharing .................................................................................................    
Total ......................................................................................................   $

465,484    $
67,714     
4,253     

1,806     
539,257    $

398,938    $
69,710     
6,811     

1,354     
476,813    $

359,518 
78,442 
1,773 

1,975 
441,708 

Goodwill and Other Intangibles 

The Company’s intangible assets are comprised of customer relationships with an estimated useful life of twelve to 
thirteen  years  and  trademarks/trade  names  and  goodwill  with  indefinite  lives  (collectively,  “intangible  assets”),  which  the 
Company recognized in accordance with accounting guidance (i) upon the acquisition of GreenLine by Apio in April 2012, (ii) 
upon the acquisition of Lifecore in April 2010 and (iii) upon the acquisition of Apio in December 1999. Accounting guidance 
defines goodwill as “the excess of the cost of an acquired entity over the net of the estimated fair values of the assets acquired 
and the liabilities assumed at date of acquisition.” All intangible assets, including goodwill, associated with the acquisition of 
Lifecore was allocated to our HA-based Biomaterials reporting unit and the acquisitions of Apio and GreenLine were allocated 
to our Food Products Technology reporting unit pursuant to accounting guidance based upon the allocation of assets and liabilities 
acquired and consideration paid for each reporting unit. As of May 31, 2015, the HA-based Biomaterials reporting unit had $13.9 
million of goodwill and the Food Products Technology reporting unit had $35.7 million of goodwill.  

The Company tests its indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment at least annually, in accordance with accounting 
guidance. For all indefinite-lived assets, including goodwill, the Company performs a qualitative analysis in accordance with 
ASC  350-30-35.  Application  of  the  impairment  tests  for  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  requires  significant  judgment  by 
management, including identification of reporting units, assignment of assets and liabilities to reporting units, assignment of 
intangible assets to reporting units which judgments are inherently uncertain.  

During the fiscal quarter ended February 23, 2014, the Company voluntarily changed the date of its annual goodwill 
and indefinite-lived intangible assets impairment testing from the last day of the fiscal month in July to the first day of the fiscal 
fourth quarter. This voluntary change was preferable under the circumstances as it provides the Company with additional time 
to complete its annual goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment testing in advance of its year-end reporting and 
results  in  better  alignment  with  the  Company’s  strategic  planning  and  forecasting  process.  This  change  was  not  applied 
retrospectively as it is impracticable to do so because retrospective application would require application of significant estimates 
and assumptions with the use of hindsight. Accordingly, the change was applied prospectively.  

- 23 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
    
  
The Company tested its indefinite-lived intangible assets, including goodwill, for impairment as of March 2, 2015 and 
determined  that  no  adjustments  to  the  carrying  values  of  these  assets  were  necessary  as  of  that  date.  As  a  result,  it  was  not 
necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test at the time. Subsequent to the 2015 annual impairment 
test, there have been no significant events or circumstances affecting the valuation of goodwill. As of May 31, 2015, there were 
no events or changes in circumstances that indicated that the carrying amount of intangible assets may not be recoverable or that 
goodwill should be tested for impairment. Therefore, there was no impairment to the carrying value of the Company's goodwill. 
There were no impairment losses for goodwill during fiscal years 2014 and 2013. 

On a quarterly basis, the Company considers the need to update its most recent annual tests for possible impairment of 
its indefinite-lived intangible assets, based on management’s assessment of changes in its business and other economic factors 
since the most recent annual evaluation. Such changes, if significant or material, could indicate a need to update the most recent 
annual tests for impairment of the indefinite-lived intangible assets during the current period. The results of these tests could lead 
to write-downs of the carrying values of these assets in the current period.  

In the annual impairment test, the Company first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to 
perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. In assessing the qualitative factors, management considers the impact 
of  these  key  factors:  macro-economic  conditions,  industry  and  market  environment,  overall  financial  performance  of  the 
Company, cash flow from operating activities, market capitalization and stock price. If management determines as a result of the 
qualitative assessment that it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50 percent) that the fair value of a reporting 
unit is less than its carrying amount, then the quantitative test is required. Otherwise, no further testing is required. 

If a quantitative test is required, the Company compares the fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assets to its carrying 
value including goodwill. The Company determines the fair value using both an income approach and a market approach. Under 
the income approach, fair value is determined based on estimated future cash flows, discounted by an estimated weighted-average 
cost of capital, which reflects the overall level of inherent risk of the Company and the rate of return an outside investor would 
expect to earn. Under the market-based approach, information regarding the Company is utilized as well as publicly available 
industry  information  to  determine  earnings  multiples  that  are  used  to  value  each  reporting  unit.  If  the  carrying  value  of  the 
reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the Company will determine the amount of impairment loss by comparing the implied fair 
value of goodwill with the carrying value of goodwill. An impairment charge is recognized for the excess of the carrying value 
of goodwill over its implied fair value. 

Income Taxes 

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with accounting guidance which requires that deferred tax assets 
and liabilities be recognized using enacted tax rates for the effect of temporary differences between the book and tax basis of 
recorded assets and liabilities. The Company maintains valuation allowances when it is likely that all or a portion of a deferred 
tax asset will not be realized. Changes in valuation allowances from period to period are included in the Company’s income tax 
provision in the period of change. In determining whether a valuation allowance is warranted, the Company takes into account 
such factors as prior earnings history, expected future earnings, unsettled circumstances that, if unfavorably resolved, would 
adversely affect utilization of a deferred tax asset, carryback and carryforward periods, and tax strategies that could potentially 
enhance the likelihood of realization of a deferred tax asset. At May 31, 2015, the Company had a valuation allowance of $1.2 
million against deferred tax assets. 

- 24 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
In addition to valuation allowances, the Company establishes tax-contingency accruals for uncertain tax positions. The 
tax-contingency accruals are adjusted in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the progress of tax audits, case law 
and emerging legislation. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of 
income tax expense. The Company’s effective tax rate includes the impact of tax-contingency accruals as considered appropriate 
by management.  

A number of years may elapse before a particular matter, for which the Company has accrued, is audited and finally 
resolved. The number of years with open tax audits varies by jurisdiction. While it is often difficult to predict the final outcome 
or the timing of resolution of any particular tax matter, the Company believes its tax-contingency accruals are adequate to address 
known tax contingencies. Favorable resolution of such matters could be recognized as a reduction to the Company’s effective 
tax  rate  in  the  year  of  resolution.  Unfavorable  settlement  of  any  particular  issue  could  increase  the  effective  tax  rate.  Any 
resolution of  a  tax  issue  may  require  the  use  of  cash  in  the  year  of resolution. The  Company’s  tax-contingency  accruals  are 
presented in the balance sheet within accrued liabilities. 

Stock-Based Compensation 

The Company’s stock-based awards include stock option grants and restricted stock unit awards (RSUs).  

The estimated fair value for stock options, which determines the Company’s calculation of compensation expense, is 
based on the Black-Scholes pricing model. In addition, the accounting guidance requires the estimation of the expected forfeitures 
of stock-based awards at the time of grant. As a result, the Company uses historical data to estimate pre-vesting forfeitures and 
records  stock-based  compensation  expense  only  for  those  awards  that  are  expected  to  vest  and  revises  those  estimates  in 
subsequent periods if the actual forfeitures differ from the prior estimates.  

Fair Value Measurements 

The Company uses fair value measurement accounting for financial assets and liabilities and for financial instruments 
and certain other items measured at fair value. The Company has elected the fair value option for its investment in a non-public 
company (see Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). The Company has not elected the fair value option for any of 
its other eligible financial assets or liabilities. 

The accounting guidance established a three-tier hierarchy for fair value measurements, which prioritizes the inputs 

used in measuring fair value as follows: 

Level 1 – observable inputs such as quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets. 

Level 2 – inputs  other  than  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  that  are  observable  either  directly  or  indirectly  through 

corroboration with observable market data. 

Level 3 – unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which would require the Company to develop 

its own assumptions. 

As of May 31, 2015, the only asset of the Company that was measured at fair value on a recurring basis was its minority 

interest investment in Windset. 

- 25 - 

 
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
 
 
The Company has elected the fair value option of accounting for its investment in Windset. The calculation of fair value 
utilizes significant unobservable inputs in the discounted cash flow models, including projected cash flows, growth rates and 
discount rates. As a result, the Company’s investment in Windset is considered to be a Level 3 measurement investment. The 
change in the fair market value of the Company’s investment in Windset for the fiscal years ended May 31, 2015 and May 25, 
2014  was  due  to  the  Company’s  26.9%  and  20.1%,  respectively,  minority  interest  in  the  change  in  the  fair  market  value  of 
Windset during those periods. In determining the fair value of the investment in Windset, the Company utilizes the following 
significant unobservable inputs in the discounted cash flow models:  

Annual consolidated revenue growth rates......................................................................    
Annual consolidated expense growth rates .....................................................................    
Consolidated income tax rates .........................................................................................    
Consolidated discount rates .............................................................................................    

  At May 31, 2015      At May 25, 2014  
4%
4%     
4%
4%     
15%
15%     
16% to 22%
15% to 21%     

The revenue growth, expense growth and income tax rate assumptions, consider the Company's best estimate of the 
trends in those items over the discount period. The discount rate assumption takes into account the risk-free rate of return, the 
market  equity  risk  premium  and  the  company’s  specific  risk  premium  and  then  applies  an  additional  discount  for  lack  of 
marketability of the underlying securities. The discounted cash flow valuation model used by the Company has the following 
sensitivity to changes in inputs and assumptions (in thousands):  

10% increase in revenue growth rates ........................................................................................................   $ 
10% increase in expense growth rates ........................................................................................................   $ 
10% increase in income tax rates ...............................................................................................................   $ 
10% increase in discount rates ...................................................................................................................   $ 

Impact on value of 
Windset investment 
as of May 31, 2015
2,300  
(1,200)
(100)
(1,500)

Imprecision in estimating unobservable market inputs can affect the amount of gain or loss recorded for a particular 
position. The use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could 
result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date. 

The following table summarizes the fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on 

a recurring basis, as of May 31, 2015 and May 25, 2014 (in thousands): 

   Level 1 

Fair Value at May 31, 2015 
Level 2 

Level 3 

Fair Value at May 25, 2014 

Level 1 

     Level 2 
-    $ 
-      
-    $ 

-    $
-     
-    $

Level 3 

- 
39,600 
39,600 

-    $
61,500     
61,500    $

-     
-    $

-      
-    $ 

44      
44     $

- 
- 

Assets: 
Marketable securities .....................   $ 
Investment in private company ......     
Total ............................................   $ 

Liabilities: 
Interest rate swap ............................     
Total ............................................   $ 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

Debt Issuance Costs 

-    $
-     
-    $

-     
-    $

-    $
-     
-    $

-     
-    $

In April 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) No. 
2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Cost ("ASU 2015-03"), which requires that debt issuance costs related 
to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, 
consistent with debt discounts. The new guidance is effective for the Company beginning in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 
2016, with early adoption permitted. Management is currently evaluating the impact that adoption of ASU 2015-03 will have on 
the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and disclosures. 

- 26 - 

 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
        
        
 
  
  
  
    
 
 
Revenue Recognition 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) ("ASU 2014-
09"),  which  outlines  a  single  comprehensive  model  for  entities  to  use  in  accounting  for  revenue  arising  from  contracts  with 
customers  and  supersedes  most  current  revenue  recognition  guidance,  including  industry-specific  guidance.  The  standard 
requires entities to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects 
the  consideration  to  which  the  entity  expects  to  be  entitled  in exchange  for  those  goods  or  services.  The  new  guidance  also 
includes  a  cohesive  set  of  disclosure  requirements  intended  to  provide  users  of  financial  statements  with  comprehensive 
information about the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from a company’s contracts with 
customers. ASU 2014-09 will be effective beginning the first quarter of the Company's fiscal year 2019 and early application is 
not permitted. The standard allows for either “full retrospective” adoption, meaning the standard is applied to all of the periods 
presented, or “modified retrospective” adoption, meaning the standard is applied only to the most current period presented in the 
financial  statements.  Management  is  currently  evaluating  the  effect ASU 2014-09 will  have on  the Company's  Consolidated 
Financial Statements and disclosures.  

Results of Operations 

Fiscal Year Ended May 31, 2015 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended May 25, 2014 

Revenues (in thousands): 

Fiscal Year ended 
May 31, 2015

Fiscal Year ended 
May 25, 2014

Food Products Technology .........................................   $
Food Export  ................................................................    
Total Apio .................................................................    
HA-based Biomaterials ...............................................    
Corporate .....................................................................    
Total Revenues .........................................................   $

430,415    $
67,837     
498,252     
40,432     
573     
539,257     $

360,728      
69,827      
430,555      
45,704      
554      
476,813      

Change

19 %
(3%) 
16 %
(12%) 
3 %
13 %

Food Products Technology (Apio) 

Apio’s Food Products Technology revenues consist of revenues generated from the sale of specialty packaged fresh-cut 
and whole value-added processed vegetable products that are washed and packaged in our proprietary packaging and sold under 
Apio’s Eat Smart and GreenLine brands and various private labels. In addition, Food Products Technology revenues include the 
revenues  generated  from  Apio  Cooling,  LP,  a  vegetable  cooling  operation  in  which  Apio  is  the  general  partner  with  a  60% 
ownership position and from the sale of BreatheWay packaging to license partners. 

The increase in Apio's Food Products Technology revenues for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2015 compared to the 
same period last year was primarily due to a 12% increase in unit volume sales resulting primarily from new salad kit products 
which  typically  have  a  higher  price  per  unit  than  historical  offerings.  In  addition,  fiscal  year  2015  included  an  extra  week 
compared to fiscal year 2014 as a result of the timing of the Company’s 2015 fiscal year end. 

Food Export (Apio) 

Apio’s Food Export revenues consist of revenues generated from the purchase and sale of primarily whole commodity 
fruit and vegetable products to Asia by Cal-Ex. Apio records revenue equal to the sale price to third parties because it takes title 
to the product while in transit. 

The decrease in revenues in Apio’s Food Export business for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2015 compared with fiscal 
year 2014 was due to a 9% decrease in unit volume sales primarily as a result of a west coast longshoremans labor dispute which 
was partially offset by a favorable product mix to higher priced export products.  

- 27 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
 
 
HA-based Biomaterials (Lifecore) 

Lifecore principally generates revenue through the sale of products containing HA. Lifecore primarily sells products to 
customers in three medical areas: (1) Ophthalmic, which represented approximately 60% of Lifecore’s revenues in fiscal year 
2015, (2) Orthopedic, which represented approximately 20% of Lifecore’s revenues in fiscal year 2015 and (3) Veterinary/Other.  

The  decrease  in  Lifecore's  revenues  for  fiscal  year  2015  compared  to  fiscal  year  2014  was  primarily  due  to  a  29% 
decrease  in  revenues  in  Lifecore's  fermentation  business  for  Ophthalmic  products  as  a  result  of  lower  shipments  to  a  major 
customer as it aligns its inventory levels with newly stated corporate guidelines and a 25% decrease in business development 
revenues due to the delay in the timing of certain development activities.  These decreases were partially offset by increased 
aseptic filling revenues. 

Corporate 

Corporate revenues are generated from the licensing agreements with corporate partners. 

The increase in Corporate revenues for fiscal year 2015 compared to the same period of last year was not significant.  

Gross Profit (in thousands): 

Fiscal Year ended 
May 31, 2015

Fiscal Year ended 
May 25, 2014

Food Products Technology .........................................   $
Food Export  ................................................................    
Total Apio ....................................................................    
HA-based Biomaterials ...............................................    
Corporate .....................................................................    
Total Gross Profit ........................................................   $

45,993    $
4,252     
50,245     
14,609     
553     
65,407     $

36,318      
5,340      
41,658      
20,456      
450      
62,564      

Change

27 %
(20%) 
21 %
(29%) 
23 %
5 %

General 

There are numerous factors that can influence gross profit including product mix, customer mix, manufacturing costs, 
volume,  sale  discounts  and  charges  for  excess  or  obsolete  inventory,  to  name  a  few.  Many  of  these  factors  influence  or  are 
interrelated with other factors. The Company includes in cost of sales all of the costs related to the sale of products in accordance 
with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. These costs include the following: raw materials (including produce, seeds, 
packaging, syringes and fermentation and purification supplies), direct labor, overhead (including indirect labor, depreciation, 
and facility related costs) and shipping and shipping-related costs. The following are the primary reasons for the changes in gross 
profit for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2015 compared to the same period last year as outlined in the table above. 

Food Products Technology (Apio) 

The increase in gross profit for Apio’s Food Products Technology business for fiscal year 2015 compared to the same 
period last year was primarily due to the gross profit generated from the 19% increase in revenues and from a favorable product 
mix change to a greater percentage of revenues coming from higher margin salad kit products versus the lower margin core 
packaged vegetable products. In addition, fiscal year 2014 Apio’s Food Products Technology business experienced higher than 
expected raw produce sourcing costs due to a variety of factors, most importantly the heavy rains in the Midwest and along the 
East Coast and cooler than normal temperatures in California.  

Food Export (Apio) 

Apio’s Food Export business is a buy/sell business that typically realizes a gross margin in the 5-10% range. 

The decrease in gross profit for Apio’s export business for fiscal year 2015 compared to the same period last year was 
due to a 3% decrease in revenues and from higher costs to source the higher priced export produce resulting in a lower gross 
profit as a percent of sales. The gross margin during fiscal year 2015 was 6.3% compared to a gross margin of 7.6% during the 
same period last year. 

- 28 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
 
 
HA-based Biomaterials (Lifecore) 

Lifecore operates in the medical devices industry and has historically realized an overall gross margin percentage of 

approximately 35-50%.  

The decrease in gross profit during fiscal year 2015 compared to the same period last year was due to the 12% decrease 
in revenues and from an unfavorable product mix change to a higher percentage of sales being from the lower margin aseptically 
filled products compared to the higher margin fermentation products and business development revenues in the prior year. 

Corporate 

The decrease in Corporate gross profit for fiscal year 2015 compared to the same period last year was not significant.  

Operating Expenses (in thousands): 

  Fiscal Year ended 
May 31, 2015 

    Fiscal Year ended 
May 25, 2014 

Change

Research and Development: 
Apio ..............................................................................   $
Lifecore ........................................................................    
Corporate .....................................................................    
Total R&D ................................................................   $

Selling, General and Administrative: 
Apio  .............................................................................   $
Lifecore ........................................................................    
Corporate .....................................................................    
Total S,G&A .............................................................   $

Research and Development 

745    $
4,806     
1,437     
6,988     $

27,380     $
4,057     
8,521      
39,958     $

1,105       
4,739      
1,360      
7,204       

22,860       
4,251      
8,059      
35,170      

(33%)
1% 
6% 
(3%)

20% 
(5%)
6% 
14% 

Landec’s  research  and  development  consisted  primarily  of  product  development  and  commercialization  initiatives. 
Research and development efforts at Apio are focused on the Company’s proprietary BreatheWay membranes used for packaging 
produce, with a focus on extending the shelf-life of sensitive vegetables and fruit. In the Lifecore business, the research and 
development efforts are focused on new products and applications for HA and non-HA based biomaterials. For Corporate, the 
research and development efforts are primarily focused on supporting the development and commercialization of new products 
and new technologies in our food and HA businesses. 

The  decrease  in  R&D  expenses  for  fiscal  year  2015  compared  to  the  same  period  last  year  was  primarily  due  to  a 
decrease in Apio R&D as products move from the development stage to commercialization offset by slight increases in R&D at 
Lifecore and Corporate. 

Selling, General and Administrative (S,G&A) 

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of sales and marketing expenses associated with Landec’s 

product sales and services, business development expenses and staff and administrative expenses. 

The increase in S,G&A expenses for fiscal year 2015 compared to the same period last year was primarily due to a 20% 
increase  in  sales  and  marketing  expenses  at  Apio  primarily  to  promote  our  new  salad  kit  products  and  from  the  addition  of 
incremental headcount to assist in developing and promoting future products.  

- 29 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
     
       
        
 
  
      
        
        
  
     
       
        
 
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
 
 
Non-operating income/(expense) (in thousands): 

  Fiscal Year ended 
May 31, 2015

    Fiscal Year ended 
May 25, 2014

Change

Dividend Income .........................................................   $
Interest Income ............................................................   $
Interest Expense ..........................................................   $
Other Income ...............................................................   $
Income Taxes ..............................................................   $
Non controlling Interest ..............................................   $

1,417    $
315    $
(1,829)   $
3,107    $
(7,746)   $
(181)   $

1,125      
260      
(1,650)     
10,000      
(10,583)     
(197)     

26% 
21% 
11% 
(69%)
(27%)
(8%)

Dividend Income 

Dividend income is derived from the dividends accrued on our $22.0 million preferred stock investment in Windset 
which yields a cash dividend of 7.5% annually. The increase in dividend income for fiscal year 2015 compared to the same period 
last year was due to the Company increasing its preferred stock investment in Windset by $7.0 million on October 29, 2014. 

Interest Income 

The increase in interest income in fiscal year 2015 compared to fiscal year 2014 was not significant. 

Interest Expense 

The increase in interest expense during fiscal year 2015 compared to the same period last year was due to an $8.1 million 

net increase in long-term debt during fiscal year 2015. 

Other Income 

The decrease in other income for fiscal year 2015 was due to the change in the increase in the fair value of our Windset 
investment  being  lower  in  fiscal  year  2015  compared  to  fiscal  year  2014.  In  addition,  other  income  during  fiscal  year  2015 
included a $793,000 expense for the write off of the Company’s investment in Aesthetic Sciences, Inc. 

Income Taxes 

The decrease in the income tax expense for fiscal year 2015 was primarily due to a 28% decrease in net income before 

taxes compared to the same period last year.  

Non controlling Interest 

The non controlling interest consists of the limited partners’ equity interest in the net income of Apio Cooling, LP.  

The decrease in non controlling interest for fiscal year 2015 compared to the same period last year was not significant. 

Fiscal Year Ended May 25, 2014 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended May 26, 2013 

Revenues (in thousands): 

  Fiscal Year ended 
May 25, 2014

    Fiscal Year ended 
May 26, 2013

Food Products Technology .........................................   $
Food Export  ................................................................    
Total Apio .................................................................    
HA-based Biomaterials ...............................................    
Corporate .....................................................................    
Total Revenues .........................................................   $

360,728    $
69,827     
430,555     
45,704     
554     
476,813     $

320,447      
78,568      
399,015      
41,281      
1,412      
441,708       

Change

13% 
(11%)
8% 
11% 
(61%)
8% 

- 30 - 

 
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
    
  
  
 
 
Food Products Technology (Apio) 

Apio’s Food Products Technology revenues consist of revenues generated from the sale of specialty packaged fresh-cut 
and whole value-added processed vegetable products that are washed and packaged in our proprietary packaging and sold under 
Apio’s  Eat  Smart  and  GreenLine  brands  and  various  private  labels.  In  addition,  value-added  revenues  include  the  revenues 
generated from Apio Cooling, LP, a vegetable cooling operation in which Apio is the general partner with a 60% ownership 
position, and from the sale of BreatheWay packaging to license partners. 

The increase in Apio's Food Products Technology revenues for the fiscal year ended May 25, 2014 compared to the 
same period last year was primarily due to a 8% increase in unit volume sales resulting primarily from expanded product offerings 
and a 10% unit volume increase in the fresh-cut vegetable category, according to Nielsen, coupled with new product introductions 
which typically have a higher price per unit than historical offerings. 

Food Export (Apio) 

Apio’s Food Export revenues consist of revenues generated from the purchase and sale of primarily whole commodity 
fruit and vegetable products to Asia by Cal-Ex. Apio records revenue equal to the sale price to third parties because it takes title 
to the product while in transit. 

The decrease in revenues in Apio’s Food Export business for the fiscal year ended May 25, 2014 compared to the same 
period last year was due to a 6% decrease in unit volume sales primarily as a result of new Indonesian import quotas on fruit 
coupled with a product mix change to lower priced export items compared to fiscal year 2013.  

HA-based Biomaterials (Lifecore) 

Lifecore principally generates revenue through the sale of products containing HA. Lifecore primarily sells products to 
customers in three medical areas: (1) Ophthalmic, which represented approximately 60% of Lifecore’s revenues in fiscal year 
2014, (2) Orthopedic, which represented approximately 20% of Lifecore’s revenues in fiscal year 2014 and (3) Veterinary/Other.  

The increase in Lifecore’s revenues for fiscal year 2014 compared to the same period last year was due to a 32% increase 
in revenues in Lifecore’s aseptic filling business from increased sales to existing customers partially offset by a 13% decrease in 
fermentation sales. 

Corporate 

Corporate revenues are generated from the licensing agreements with corporate partners. 

The decrease in Corporate revenues for fiscal year 2014 compared to the same period of last year was not significant.  

Gross Profit (in thousands): 

  Fiscal Year ended 
May 25, 2014

    Fiscal Year ended 
May 26, 2013

Food Products Technology .........................................   $
Food Export  ................................................................    
Total Apio .................................................................    
HA-based Biomaterials ...............................................    
Corporate .....................................................................    
Total Gross Profit ....................................................   $

36,318    $
5,340     
41,658     
20,456     
450     
62,564     $

37,077      
5,274      
42,351      
19,102      
1,307      
62,760       

Change

(2%)
1% 
(2%)
7% 
(66%)
0% 

General 

There are numerous factors that can influence gross profit including product mix, customer mix, manufacturing costs, 
volume,  sale  discounts  and  charges  for  excess  or  obsolete  inventory,  to  name  a  few.  Many  of  these  factors  influence  or  are 
interrelated with other factors. The Company includes in cost of sales all of the costs related to the sale of products in accordance 
with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. These costs include the following: raw materials (including produce, seeds, 
packaging, syringes and fermentation and purification supplies), direct labor, overhead (including indirect labor, depreciation, 

- 31 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
    
  
  
  
and facility related costs) and shipping and shipping-related costs. The following are the primary reasons for the changes in gross 
profit for the fiscal year ended May 25, 2014 compared to the same period last year as outlined in the table above. 

Food Products Technology (Apio) 

The decrease in gross profit for the Food Products Technology business for  fiscal year 2014 compared to the same 
period last year was primarily due to much higher than expected operating costs including higher labor costs to meet higher than 
expected volumes and higher raw produce sourcing costs during primarily the first six months of fiscal year 2014 resulting from 
lower yields and poor quality due to a variety of factors, most importantly the heavy rains in the Midwest and along the East 
Coast and large temperatures swings in California throughout most of the year. The higher operating costs reduced Apio’s gross 
profit by approximately $9.3 million during fiscal year 2014 which was partially offset by the gross profit generated from the 
13% increase in revenues.        

Food Export (Apio) 

Apio’s Food Export business is a buy/sell business that typically realizes a gross margin in the 5-8% range. 

The increase in gross profit for Apio’s Food Export business for fiscal year 2014 compared to the same period last year 
was primarily due to favorable product mix changes to higher margin products, primarily into Indonesia, which resulted in a 
higher gross margin percentage during fiscal year 2014 of 7.6% compared to a gross margin percentage of 6.7% during fiscal 
year 2013. The favorable product mix was offset by the decrease in gross profit resulting from an 11% decrease in revenues. 

HA-based Biomaterials (Lifecore) 

Lifecore operates in the medical devices industry and has historically realized an overall gross margin percentage of 

approximately 35-50%.  

The increase in gross profit for fiscal year 2014 compared to the same period last year was due to an 11%, or $4.4 
million increase in revenues resulting from the increased sales of both historical products and new products to existing customers. 
The increase in gross profit from higher revenues was partially offset by an unfavorable product mix change to higher sales of 
lower margin aseptically filled products from higher margin fermentation sales. 

Corporate 

The decrease in Corporate gross profit for fiscal year 2014 compared to the same period last year was not significant.  

Operating Expenses (in thousands): 

  Fiscal Year ended 
May 25, 2014 

    Fiscal Year ended 
May 26, 2013 

Change

Research and Development: 
Apio ..............................................................................   $
Lifecore ........................................................................    
Corporate .....................................................................    
Total R&D ................................................................   $

Selling, General and Administrative: 
Apio  .............................................................................   $
Lifecore ........................................................................    
Corporate .....................................................................    
Total S,G&A .............................................................   $

Other operating expenses: 
Apio  .............................................................................   $
Total Other Operating Expenses .............................   $

1,105     $
4,739     
1,360     
7,204     $

22,860     $
4,251     
8,059     
35,170    $

—    $
—    $

1,088      
4,930      
3,276      
9,294      

21,976      
4,595      
5,960      
32,531      

(3,933)   
(3,933)   

2% 
(4%)
(58%)
(22%)

4% 
(7%)
35% 
8% 

N/M  
N/M  

- 32 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
     
       
        
 
  
      
        
        
  
     
       
        
 
  
      
        
        
  
     
       
        
 
  
 
 
Research and Development 

Landec’s  research  and  development  consisted  primarily  of  product  development  and  commercialization  initiatives. 
Research and development efforts at Apio are focused on the Company’s proprietary BreatheWay membranes used for packaging 
produce, with a focus on extending the shelf-life of sensitive vegetables and fruit. In the Lifecore business, the research and 
development efforts are focused on new products and applications for HA-based biomaterials. For Corporate, the research and 
development efforts are focused on supporting the development and commercialization of new products and new technologies 
in our food and HA businesses along with developing uses for our proprietary Intelimer polymers outside of our food and HA 
businesses. 

The decrease in research and development expenses for fiscal year 2014 compared to last year was primarily due to a 
decrease in Corporate R&D because of the Company transitioning away from R&D and licensing collaborations to maintain 
focus on R&D efforts at its core food and HA businesses. 

Selling, General and Administrative (S,G&A) 

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of sales and marketing expenses associated with Landec’s 

product sales and services, business development expenses and staff and administrative expenses. 

The increase in S,G&A expenses for fiscal year 2014 compared to the same period last year was primarily due to an 

increase in accounting and tax fees, public company costs and board of director fees in fiscal year 2014.  

Other Operating Expenses 

Other  operating  expenses  in  fiscal  year  2013  consisted  of  a  $3.9  million  reversal  of  the  earn-out  liability  at  Apio 

associated with the GreenLine acquisition.  

Non-operating income/(expense) (in thousands): 

  Fiscal Year ended 
May 25, 2014

    Fiscal Year ended 
May 26, 2013

Change

Dividend Income .........................................................   $
Interest Income ............................................................   $
Interest Expense ..........................................................   $
Other Income ...............................................................   $
Income Taxes ..............................................................   $
Non controlling Interest ..............................................   $

1,125    $
260    $
(1,650)   $
10,000    $
(10,583)   $
(197)   $

1,125      
179      
(2,008)     
8,100      
(9,452)     
(225)     

—  
45% 
(18%)
23% 
12% 
(12%)

Dividend Income 

Dividend income is derived from the dividends accrued on our $15 million preferred stock investment in Windset which 
yields a cash dividend of 7.5% annually. There was no change in dividend income in fiscal year 2014 compared to fiscal year 
2013. 

Interest Income 

The increase in interest income for the fiscal year 2014 compared to the same period last year was not significant. 

Interest Expense 

The decrease in interest expense during fiscal year 2014 compared to the same period last year was due to the Company 

paying down its debt by $9.9 million during fiscal year 2014. 

- 33 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Other Income 

The increase in other income for fiscal year 2014 compared to the same period last year is primarily due to the change 
in the fair market value of our Windset investment being $1.9 million higher in fiscal year 2014 compared to the increase in 
fiscal year 2013. 

Income Taxes 

The increase in the income tax expense for fiscal year 2014 was due to an increase in the effective tax rate for fiscal 
year 2014 to 36% compared to 30% in fiscal year 2013. The effective tax rates for last year was lower than this year as a result 
of the $3.9 million earn out adjustment last year which was not subject to income tax. The increase in income taxes due to the 
increase in the effective tax rate was partially offset by a 7% decrease in net income before taxes compared to the same period 
last year. 

Non controlling Interest 

The non controlling interest consists of the limited partners’ equity interest in the net income of Apio Cooling, LP.  

The decrease in non controlling interest for fiscal year 2014 compared to the same period last year was not significant. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

As of May 31, 2015, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $14.1 million, a net decrease of $116,000 from 

$14.2 million at May 25, 2014.  

Cash Flow from Operating Activities  

Landec generated $26.2 million of cash from operating activities during fiscal year 2015 compared to generating $21.0 
million from operating activities during fiscal year 2014. The primary sources of cash from operating activities during fiscal year 
2015 were from (1) $13.7 million of net income, (2) $8.7 million of depreciation/amortization and stock-based compensation 
expenses, (3) a $4.2 million net increase in deferred tax liabilities and (4) a net decrease of $3.3 million in working capital. Theses 
sources of cash were partially offset by the $3.9 million non-cash increase in the value of the Company’s investment in Windset.  

The factors which decreased working capital during fiscal year 2015 were a $2.9 million increase in accounts payable 
due mainly to a $2.0 million increase at Apio due to costs from operations being $5.1 million higher in May 2015 compared to 
May  2014  and  a  $2.6  million  increase  in  accrued  compensation  primarily  from  bonuses  earned  at  Apio  and  Corporate  for 
achieving financial performance targets. These decreases in working capital were partially offset by a $1.8 million increase in 
accounts receivable primarily due to Apio’s May 2015 revenues being $5.2 million higher than May 2014 revenues and from a 
$2.2 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets due to a $2.5 million increase at Apio primarily due to increased 
prepayments for raw product.  

Cash Flow from Investing Activities 

Net cash used in investing activities for fiscal year 2015 was $34.4 million compared to $13.3 million for the same 
period last year. The primary uses of cash in investing activities during fiscal year 2015 were for the purchase of $17.5 million 
of facilities and equipment primarily to support the growth of the Apio value-added and Lifecore businesses and the purchase of 
additional Windset shares of common stock and preferred stock for $18.0 million.  

Cash Flow from Financing Activities 

Net  cash  provided  by  financing  activities  for  fiscal  year  2015  was  $8.2  million  compared  to  $7.2  million  used  in 
financing  activities  for  the  same  period  last  year.  The  net  cash  provided  by  financing  activities  during  fiscal  year  2015  was 
primarily due to $15.0 million of proceeds from long-term debt. These sources from financing activities were partially offset by 
$6.9 million of payments on the Company’s long-term debt.  

- 34 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Capital Expenditures 

During the fiscal year ended May 31, 2015, Landec continued its expansion of Apio’s value-added processing facility 
and purchased vegetable processing equipment as well as made facility modifications and equipment purchases at Lifecore to 
support business growth. These expenditures represented the majority of the $17.5 million of capital expenditures during fiscal 
year 2015. 

Debt 

On August 19, 2004, Lifecore issued variable rate industrial revenue bonds (“IRBs”).  These IRBs were assumed by 
Landec in the acquisition of Lifecore (see Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). The IRBs are collateralized by a 
bank letter of credit which is secured by a first mortgage on Lifecore’s facility in Chaska, Minnesota. In addition, Lifecore pays 
an annual remarketing fee equal to 0.125% and an annual letter of credit fee of 0.75%. 

On  April  23,  2012  in  connection  with  the  acquisition  of  GreenLine,  Apio  entered  into  three  loan  agreements  with 

General Electric Capital Corporation and/or its affiliates (“GE Capital”), (collectively the “GE Debt Agreements”):  

1) 

2) 

3) 

A five-year, $25.0 million asset-based working capital revolving line of credit, with an interest rate of LIBOR plus 2%, 
with availability based on the combination of the eligible accounts receivable and inventory balances of Apio and its
subsidiaries.  

A $12.7 million capital equipment loan which matures in seven years payable in monthly principal and interest payments 
of $175,356 with interest based on a fixed rate of 4.39% per annum.  

A $19.2 million real estate loan, $1.2 million of which was paid in April 2013, and the remainder maturing in ten years.
The real estate loan has a fifteen year amortization period due in monthly principal and interest payments of $141,962
with interest based on a fixed rate of 4.02% per annum. The principal balance remaining at the end of the ten year term
is due in one lump sum on April 23, 2022.  

On July 17, 2014, Apio entered into an amendment with GE Capital, which amended the revolving line of credit dated 
April 23, 2012 among the parties. Under the amendment, the revolving line of credit increased from $25 million to $40 million, 
the interest rate was reduced from LIBOR plus 2.0% to LIBOR plus 1.75%, and the term was extended to July 17, 2019, among 
other changes. The availability under the revolving line of credit is based on the combination of the eligible accounts receivable 
and eligible inventory (availability was $30.3 million at May 31, 2015). Apio’s revolving line of credit has an unused fee of 
0.375% per annum. At both May 31, 2015 and May 25, 2014, there was no outstanding balance under Apio’s revolving line of 
credit. 

Also on July 17, 2014, Apio entered into a new equipment loan with GE Capital whereby Apio can borrow up to $25 
million based on eligible equipment purchases between August 1, 2012 and August 31, 2015. Each borrowing under this new 
equipment loan has a five year term with a seven year amortization period. On August 28, 2014, Apio borrowed $7.1 million 
under the new equipment loan at a fixed rate of 3.68%. On November 24, 2014, Apio borrowed an additional $4.1 million under 
the new equipment loan at a fixed rate of 3.74%. The Company does not intend to borrow any more funds under this loan. 

On May 15, 2015, GE Capital and Apio entered into a commitment letter, pursuant to which GE Capital committed to 
lend Apio up to approximately $14.7 million in equipment financing and approximately $7.7 million in real property financing. 
The equipment loan and the real property loan will be made pursuant to existing loan agreements dated as of April 23, 2012, as 
amended May 17, 2013 and July 17, 2014. The equipment loan is available to finance purchases of equipment between May 1, 
2015 and June 30, 2017. Borrowings under the equipment loan will have a five-year term and a seven-year amortization. Interest 
on each borrowing under the equipment loan will be at a fixed rate based on an index rate plus a 5-year swap rate at the time of 
borrowing. The real property loan will be used to finance the expansion of Apio’s facility in Hanover, PA. The real property loan 
will have a 10-year term and a 20-year amortization. Interest will be at a fixed rate based on an index rate plus a 10-year swap 
rate on at the time of borrowing. No amounts had been borrowed under these committed loans as of May 31, 2015. 

The GE real estate, equipment and line of credit agreements (collectively the “GE Debt Agreements”) are secured by 
liens on all of the property of Apio and its subsidiaries. The GE Debt Agreements contain customary events of default under 
which obligations could be accelerated or increased. The GE Capital real estate and equipment loans are guaranteed by Landec, 
and Landec has pledged its equity interest in Apio as collateral under the line of credit agreement. The GE Debt Agreements 
contain customary covenants, such as limitations on the ability to (1) incur indebtedness or grant liens or negative pledges on 
Apio’s assets; (2) make loans or other investments; (3) pay dividends, sell stock or repurchase stock or other securities; (4) sell 
- 35 - 

 
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
assets; (5) engage in mergers; (6) enter into sale and leaseback transactions; or (7) make changes in Apio’s corporate structure. 
In addition, Apio must maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.10 to 1.0 if the availability under its line of credit 
falls below $12.0 million. Apio was in compliance with all financial covenants as of May 31, 2015 and May 25, 2014.  

On May 15, 2015, Apio and Bank of America (“BofA”) entered into a commitment letter and loan agreement, pursuant 
to which Apio will be permitted to borrow up to $15.0 million to finance equipment purchases made between October 1, 2014 
and April 30, 2016 (the “BofA Loan”). Each borrowing under the BofA Loan will have a five-year term and will have a fixed 
interest rate based on the 2.5-year swap rate at the time of borrowing. Borrowings will be secured by equipment financed with 
proceeds of the BofA Loan. In addition, on May 15, 2015, Landec and BofA entered into a Guaranty, pursuant to which Landec 
guaranteed Apio’s payment obligations under the BofA Loan. 

During  fiscal  year  2015,  Apio  capitalized  $397,000  of  loan  origination  fees  from  new  equipment  loans  and/or 
amendments  with  GE  Capital  and  BofA,  no  loan origination fees were  capitalized  in  fiscal  year  2014.  Amortization  of  loan 
origination  fees  for  Apio  recorded  to  interest  expense  for  fiscal  years  2015,  2014  and  2013  were  $206,000,  $187,000  and 
$181,000, respectively. Unamortized loan origination fees were $1.2 million and $1.0 million at May 31, 2015 and May 25, 
2014, respectively, and are included in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

On May 23, 2012, Lifecore entered into two financing agreements with BMO Harris Bank N.A. and/or its affiliates 

(“BMO Harris”), collectively (the “Lifecore Loan Agreements”):  

(1)  

(2) 

A $12.0 million term loan which matures in four years due in monthly payments of $250,000 with interest payable
monthly based on a variable interest rate of LIBOR plus 2% (the “Term Loan”). 

A  Reimbursement  Agreement  pursuant  to  which  BMO  Harris  caused  its  affiliate  Bank  of  Montreal  to  issue  an
irrevocable letter of credit in the amount of $3.5 million (the “Letter of Credit”) which is securing the IRBs described
above.  

On May 22, 2015, Lifecore entered into a Credit and Security Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with BMO Harris 
which includes (a) a two-year, $10.0 million asset-based working capital revolving line of credit, with an interest rate of LIBOR 
plus  1.85%,  with  availability  based  on  the  combination  of  Lifecore’s  eligible  accounts  receivable  and  inventory  balances 
(availability was $9.4 million at May 31, 2015) and with no unused fee. As of May 31, 2015 no amounts were outstanding under 
this line of credit. 

The obligations of Lifecore under the Lifecore Loan Agreements and Credit Agreement (collectively “Lifecore Debt 
Agreements”)  are  secured  by  liens  on  all  of  the  property  of  Lifecore.  The  Lifecore  Debt  Agreements  contain  customary 
covenants, such as limitations on the ability to (1) incur indebtedness or grant liens or negative pledges on Lifecore’s assets; (2) 
make loans or other investments; (3) pay dividends or repurchase stock or other securities; (4) sell assets; (5) engage in mergers; 
(6)  enter  into  sale  and  leaseback  transactions;  (7)  adopt  certain  benefit  plans;  and  (8)  make  changes  in  Lifecore’s  corporate 
structure. In addition, under the Credit Agreement, Lifecore must maintain (a) a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.10 to 
1.0 if Lifecore’s unrestricted cash balance is less than 50% of total funded debt at the end of each fiscal quarter and (b) a net debt 
cash flow leverage ratio of less than 2.0 to 1.0 at the end of each fiscal quarter. Lifecore was in compliance with all financial 
covenants as of May 31, 2015 and May 25, 2014. Unamortized loan origination fees for the Lifecore Debt Agreements were 
$48,000 and $98,000 at May 31, 2015 and May 25, 2014, respectively, and are included in other assets in the Consolidated 
Balance Sheets.  

The market value of the Company’s debt approximates its recorded value as the interest rates on each debt instrument 

approximates current market rates. 

The Term Loan was used to repay Lifecore’s former credit facility with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo”). The 
Letter of Credit (which replaces a letter of credit previously provided by Wells Fargo) provides liquidity and credit support for 
the IRBs. 

In May 2010, the Company entered into a five-year interest rate swap agreement under the credit agreement with Wells 
Fargo which terminated in May 2015. The interest rate swap was designated as a cash flow hedge of future interest payments of 
LIBOR and had a notional amount of $20 million. As a result of the interest rate swap transaction, the Company fixed for a five-
year period the interest rate at 4.24% subject to market based interest rate risk on $20 million of borrowings under the credit 
agreement with Wells Fargo. The Company’s obligations under the interest rate swap transaction as to the scheduled payments 
were guaranteed and secured on the same basis as its obligations under the credit agreement with Wells Fargo at the time the 
agreement was consummated. Upon entering into the new Term Loan with BMO Harris in May 2012, the Company used the 
- 36 - 

 
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
proceeds from  that  loan  to pay  off  the Wells  Fargo  credit  facility.  The swap  with Wells  Fargo was not  terminated upon  the 
extinguishment of the debt with Wells Fargo. The fair value of the swap arrangement as of May 31, 2015 and May 25, 2014 was 
zero and $44,000, respectively, and is included in other accrued liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.  

Contractual Obligations 

The Company’s material contractual obligations for the next five years and thereafter as of May 31, 2015, are as follows 

(in thousands):  

   Total 

Obligation 
8,353    $
Debt principal payments ....................    $  42,519    $
1,415     
5,494     
Interest payments ...............................      
3,136     
Operating leases .................................      
9,419     
Purchase commitments .......................       16,100     
15,100     
Total ...................................................    $  73,532    $ 28,004    $

2016 

Due in Fiscal Year Ended May  
2019 
2018 
2017 

5,567    $
1,176     
2,631     
500     
9,874    $

5,782    $
967     
1,768     
500     
9,017    $

6,005    $ 
749      
1,003      
—      
7,757    $ 

2020 

    Thereafter 
6,655    $ 10,157 
688 
624 
— 
7,411    $ 11,469 

499     
257     
—     

The  interest  payment  amounts  above  include:  (1)  the  4.39%  fixed  interest  rate  payments  on  the April  23, 2012 GE 
Capital equipment loan, (2) the 4.02% fixed interest rate payments on the GE Capital real estate loan, (3) the 3.68% fixed interest 
rate payments on the August 28, 2014 GE Capital equipment loan, (4) the 3.74% fixed interest rate payments on the November 
24, 2014 GE Capital equipment loan, (5) the 2.79% fixed interest rate payments on the BofA equipment loan, (6) the estimated 
interest rate payment on the variable Term Loan with BMO Harris based on the four year historical average 30-day LIBOR plus 
2% or 2.20% and (7) the estimated interest rate payment on the variable rate IRB based on the five year historical interest rate 
average for the Municipal Swap Index plus 20 basis points plus the letter of credit and remarketing fees of 0.875% resulting in a 
estimated rate of 1.21%. 

Landec is not a party to any agreements with, or commitments to, any special purpose entities that would constitute 

material off-balance sheet financing other than the operating lease commitments. 

Landec’s  future  capital  requirements  will  depend  on  numerous  factors,  including  the  progress  of  its  research  and 
development  programs;  the  continued development  of  marketing,  sales  and  distribution  capabilities;  the  ability  of  Landec  to 
establish and maintain new collaborative and licensing arrangements; any decision to pursue additional acquisition opportunities; 
weather conditions that can affect the supply and price of produce, the timing and amount, if any, of payments received under 
licensing and research and development agreements; the costs involved in preparing, filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing 
intellectual property rights; the ability to comply with regulatory requirements; the emergence of competitive technology and 
market  forces;  the  effectiveness  of  product  commercialization  activities  and  arrangements;  and  other  factors.  If  Landec’s 
currently available funds, together with the internally generated cash flow from operations were not sufficient to satisfy its capital 
needs, Landec would be required to seek additional funding through other arrangements with collaborative partners, additional 
bank borrowings and public or private sales of its securities. There can be no assurance that additional funds, if required, will be 
available to Landec on favorable terms, if at all. 

Landec believes that its cash from operations, along with existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities will 

be sufficient to finance its operational and capital requirements for at least the next twelve months. 

Item 7A.     Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

Not significant.      

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

See Item 15 of Part IV of this report. 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

Not applicable. 

- 37 - 

 
   
  
  
  
  
 
   
   
   
   
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures  

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

As  of  May  31,  2015  our  management  evaluated,  with  participation  of  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  our  Chief 
Financial Officer, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer have concluded 
that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective in ensuring that information required to be disclosed in reports filed 
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods 
specified  by  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  and  are  effective  in  providing  reasonable  assurance  that  information 
required to be disclosed by the Company in such reports is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, 
including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required 
disclosure.  

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as 
defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended). Our management assessed the effectiveness 
of our internal control over financial reporting as of May 31, 2015. In making this assessment, our management used the criteria 
set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control - Integrated 
Framework (2013 Framework). Our management has concluded that, as of May 31, 2015, our internal control over financial 
reporting was effective to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of 
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  

Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that our disclosure 
controls and procedures or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no 
matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control 
system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits 
of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation 
of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been 
detected. 

Our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  Ernst  &  Young  LLP,  has  issued  an  audit  report  on  our  internal 

control over financial reporting, which is included herein. 

Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting  

There were no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting during the fiscal year ended May 31, 2015 that 

have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting. 

- 38 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Landec Corporation 

             We have audited Landec Corporation and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of May 31, 2015, 
based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations 
of  the  Treadway  Commission  (2013  framework)  (the  COSO  criteria).  Landec  Corporation  and  subsidiaries’  management  is 
responsible  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  and  for  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of 
internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial 
Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our 
audit.  

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States).  Those standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to obtain  reasonable  assurance  about whether effective 
internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding 
of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design 
and  operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk,  and  performing  such  other  procedures  as  we 
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding 
the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with 
generally  accepted  accounting principles. A company’s  internal  control over financial  reporting  includes  those policies  and 
procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions 
and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to 
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and 
expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the 
company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. 
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In our opinion, Landec Corporation and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over 

financial reporting as of May 31, 2015, based on the COSO criteria.  

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States), the consolidated balance sheets of Landec Corporation and subsidiaries as of May 31, 2015 and May 25, 2014, and the 
related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in 
the period ended May 31, 2015 and our report dated July 30, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP 

San Francisco, California 
July 30, 2015 

Item 9B. Other Information 

None 

- 39 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
Item 10. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

PART III 

This  information  required  by  this  item  will  be  contained  in  the  Registrant’s  definitive  proxy  statement  which  the 
Registrant will file with the Commission no later than September 28, 2015 (120 days after the Registrant’s fiscal year 
end covered by this Report) and is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 11. 

Executive Compensation 

This  information  required  by  this  item  will  be  contained  in  the  Registrant’s  definitive  proxy  statement  which  the 
Registrant will file with the Commission no later than September 28, 2015 (120 days after the Registrant’s fiscal year 
end covered by this Report) and is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 12. 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

This  information  required  by  this  item  will  be  contained  in  the  Registrant’s  definitive  proxy  statement  which  the 
Registrant will file with the Commission no later than September 28, 2015 (120 days after the Registrant’s fiscal year 
end covered by this Report) and is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 13. 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

This  information  required  by  this  item  will  be  contained  in  the  Registrant’s  definitive  proxy  statement  which  the 
Registrant will file with the Commission no later than September 28, 2015 (120 days after the Registrant’s fiscal year 
end covered by this Report) and is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 14. 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

This  information  required  by  this  item  will  be  contained  in  the  Registrant’s  definitive  proxy  statement  which  the 
Registrant will file with the Commission no later than September 28, 2015 (120 days after the Registrant’s fiscal year 
end covered by this Report) and is incorporated herein by reference. 

- 40 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
 
 
Item 15. 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)      1.           Consolidated Financial Statements of Landec Corporation  

PART IV 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ..................................................... 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at May 31, 2015 and May 25, 2014 ........................................... 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended May 31, 2015, May
25, 2014 and May 26, 2013 ...................................................................................................... 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended May 31,
2015, May 25, 2014 and May 26, 2013 .................................................................................... 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended May 31, 2015, May 25, 2014
and May 26, 2013 ..................................................................................................................... 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ............................................................................. 

Page 

42 

 43 

 44 

 45 

 46 

47 

2. 

All  schedules  provided  for  in  the  applicable  accounting  regulations  of  the  Securities  and 
Exchange Commission have been omitted since they pertain to items which do not appear in
the financial statements of Landec Corporation and its subsidiaries or to items which are not
significant or to items as to which the required disclosures have been made elsewhere in the
financial statements and supplementary notes and such schedules. 

3. 

Index of Exhibits ....................................................................................................................... 

74 

The  exhibits  listed  in  the  accompanying  Index  of  Exhibits  are  filed  or  incorporated  by 
reference as part of this report. 

- 41 - 

 
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
  
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Landec Corporation 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Landec Corporation and subsidiaries as of May 31, 
2015 and May 25, 2014, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows 
for each of the three years in the period ended May 31, 2015. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's 
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial 
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and 
disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates 
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a 
reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In  our  opinion,  the  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  consolidated 
financial position of Landec Corporation and subsidiaries at May 31, 2015 and May 25, 2014, and the consolidated results of 
their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended May 31, 2015, in conformity  with U.S. 
generally accepted accounting principles. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States), Landec Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of May 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal 
Control-Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (2013 
Framework) and our report dated July 30, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

San Francisco, California 
July 30, 2015 

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP 

- 42 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
 
 
LANDEC CORPORATION 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts) 

ASSETS 

Current assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents ............................................................................................   $
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $382 and $516 at May 

31, 2015 and May 25, 2014, respectively .................................................................    
Accounts receivable, related party ................................................................................    
Income taxes receivable ................................................................................................    
Inventories, net .............................................................................................................    
Deferred taxes  ..............................................................................................................    
Prepaid expenses and other current assets ....................................................................    
Total current assets ................................................................................................    

Investment in non-public company, non-fair value ..........................................................    
Investment in non-public company, fair value .................................................................    
Property and equipment, net .............................................................................................    
Goodwill, net ....................................................................................................................    
Trademarks/ trade names, net ...........................................................................................    
Customer relationships, net ..............................................................................................    
Other assets ......................................................................................................................    
Total Assets ...........................................................................................................   $

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Current liabilities: 

Accounts payable ..........................................................................................................   $
Accounts payable, related party ....................................................................................    
Income taxes payable ....................................................................................................    
Accrued compensation .................................................................................................    
Other accrued liabilities ................................................................................................    
Deferred revenue ..........................................................................................................    
Current portion of long-term debt .................................................................................    
Total current liabilities ..............................................................................................    

Long-term debt .................................................................................................................    
Deferred taxes ..................................................................................................................    
Other non-current liabilities .............................................................................................    
Total liabilities ..........................................................................................................    

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9) 

Stockholders’ equity: 

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 26,990,490 and 
26,815,253 shares issued and outstanding at May 31, 2015 and May 25, 2014, 
respectively ...............................................................................................................    
Additional paid-in capital .............................................................................................    
Retained earnings .........................................................................................................    
Total stockholders’ equity .........................................................................................    
Non-controlling interest ................................................................................................    
Total Equity ..............................................................................................................    
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity ................................................................   $

May 31, 
2015 

May 25, 
2014

14,127     $ 

14,243 

46,173       
306       
152       
25,027       
2,111       
5,306       
93,202       

—       
61,500       
84,465       
49,620       
48,428       
7,835       
1,415       
346,465     $ 

34,765     $ 
244       
1,229       
6,742       
3,983       
843       
8,353       
56,159       

34,166       
34,340       
1,691       
126,356       

44,421 
304 
2,000 
24,735 
2,056 
3,170 
90,929 

793 
39,600 
74,140 
49,620 
48,428  
8,720 
1,393 
313,623 

31,981 
134 
— 
4,096 
4,871 
1,254 
6,055  
48,391 

28,317 
30,133 
2,021 
108,862 

27       
133,307       
85,098       
218,432       
1,677       
220,109       
346,465     $ 

27 
131,488 
71,554 
203,069 
1,692 
204,761 
313,623 

See accompanying notes. 

- 43 - 

 
  
 
    
 
        
 
  
      
        
 
  
   
        
  
   
        
  
        
 
  
      
        
 
        
 
  
      
        
 
      
        
 
  
   
 
 
LANDEC CORPORATION 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
(in thousands, except per share amounts) 

  Year Ended 
May 31, 
2015

    Year Ended 

     Year Ended 

May 25,  
2014 

May 26, 
2013

Product sales ......................................................................................   $ 

539,257     $ 

476,813     $ 

441,708 

Cost of product sales ..........................................................................    

473,850     

414,249       

378,948 

Gross profit ........................................................................................    

65,407     

62,564       

62,760 

Operating costs and expenses: 

Research and development .............................................................    
Selling, general and administrative .................................................    
Other operating expenses ................................................................    
Total operating costs and expenses .............................................    

6,988     
39,958     
—     
46,946     

7,204       
35,170       
—       
42,374       

9,294 
32,531 
(3,933)
37,892 

Operating income ...............................................................................    

18,461     

20,190       

24,868 

Dividend income ................................................................................    
Interest income ...................................................................................    
Interest expense ..................................................................................    
Other income ......................................................................................    
Net income before taxes .....................................................................    
Income tax expense ............................................................................    
Consolidated net income ....................................................................    
Non-controlling interest .....................................................................    

1,417     
315     
(1,829)   
3,107     
21,471     
(7,746)    
13,725     
(181)   

1,125       
260       
(1,650 )     
10,000       
29,925       
(10,583 )     
19,342       
(197 )     

1,125 
179 
(2,008)
8,100 
32,264 
(9,452) 
22,812 
(225)

Net income and comprehensive income applicable to common 

stockholders ....................................................................................   $

13,544    $

19,145     $ 

22,587 

Basic net income per share .................................................................   $

0.50     $

0.72     $ 

Diluted net income per share ..............................................................   $

0.50     $

0.71     $ 

0.87 

0.85 

Shares used in per share computation: 

Basic ...............................................................................................    

26,884     

26,628       

25,830 

Diluted ............................................................................................    

27,336     

27,120       

26,626 

See accompanying notes. 

- 44 - 

 
  
  
 
  
 
   
    
 
  
      
        
         
 
  
      
        
         
 
  
      
        
         
 
      
        
         
 
  
      
        
         
 
  
      
        
         
 
  
   
      
        
  
  
      
        
         
 
  
   
      
        
  
  
      
        
         
 
      
        
         
 
  
   
      
        
  
  
   
      
        
  
  
    
 
 
LANDEC CORPORATION 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN 
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts) 

Common Stock

Shares 
25,644,580  

   Amount
  $  

  Additional

Paid-in
Capital

26  

  $ 

119,894  

  Retained
  Earnings
  $ 

29,822  

Total 
 Stockholders’ 
Equity 

Non-
controlling
Interest

  $ 

149,742  

  $  

1,816  

Balance at May 27, 2012 ..............     
Issuance of common stock at 

$1.66 to $13.32 per share, net 
of taxes paid by Landec on 
behalf of employees ..............     

Issuance of common stock for 

597,537  

vested restricted stock units ..     

160,130  

Taxes paid by Company for 

stock swaps and RSUs ...........     
Stock-based compensation ......     
Tax benefit from stock-based 

compensation expense ...........     
Non-controlling interest ...........     
Payments to non-controlling 

interest ...................................     

Net and comprehensive 

—  
—  

—  
—  

—  

income ...................................     
Balance at May 26, 2013 ..............     
Issuance of common stock at 

—  
26,402,247  

$5.63 to $13.32 per share, net 
of taxes paid by Landec on 
behalf of employees ..............     

Issuance of common stock for 

vested restricted stock units ..     

Taxes paid by Company for 

stock swaps and RSUs ...........     
Stock-based compensation ......     
Tax benefit from stock-based 

compensation expense ...........     
Non-controlling interest ...........     
Payments to non-controlling 

interest ...................................     

Net and comprehensive 

income ...................................     
Balance at May 25, 2014 ..............     
Issuance of common stock at 
$5.63 to $8.19 per share, net 
of taxes paid by Landec on 
behalf of employees ..............     

Issuance of common stock for 

372,852  

40,154  

—  
—  

—  
—  

—  

—  
26,815,253  

102,745  

vested restricted stock units ..     

72,492  

Taxes paid by Company for 

stock swaps and RSUs ...........     
Stock-based compensation ......     
Tax benefit from stock-based 

compensation expense ...........     
Non-controlling interest ...........     
Payments to non-controlling 

interest ...................................     

Net and comprehensive 

—  
—  

—  
—  

—  

income ...................................     
Balance at May 31, 2015 ..............     

—  
26,990,490  

  $ 

—  

—  

—  
—  

—  
—  

—  

—  
26  

1  

—  

—  
—  

—  
—  

—  

—  
27  

—  

—  

—  
—  

—  
—  

—  

—  
27  

3,416  

—  

(49) 
1,695  

1,302  
—  

—  

—  

—  

—  
—  

—  
—  

—  

3,416  

—  

(49) 
1,695  

1,302  
—  

—  

—  
126,258  

22,587  
52,409  

22,587  
178,693  

2,297  

—  

(345) 
1,356  

1,922  
—  

—  

—  

—  

—  
—  

—  
—  

—  

2,298  

—  

(345) 
1,356  

1,922  
—  

—  

—  
131,488  

19,145  
71,554  

19,145  
203,069  

122  

—  

(343) 
1,577  

463  
—  

—  

—  

—  

—  
—  

—  
—  

—  

122  

—  

(343) 
1,577  

463  
—  

—  

  $ 

—  
133,307  

  $ 

13,544  
85,098  

  $ 

13,544  
218,432  

  $ 

—  

—  

—  
—  

—  
225  

(320) 

—  
1,721  

—  

—  

—  
—  

—  
197  

(226) 

—  
1,692  

—  

—  

—  
—  

—  
181  

(196) 

—  
1,677  

See accompanying notes. 

- 45 - 

 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
   
 
 
LANDEC CORPORATION 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(in thousands) 

Cash flows from operating activities: 

  Year Ended     Year Ended 

     Year Ended 

May 31,
2015

May 25, 
2014 

May 26,
2013

Consolidated net income ...........................................................................   $
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating 
activities: 
Depreciation and amortization ..............................................................    
Stock-based compensation expense .......................................................    
Deferred taxes .......................................................................................    
Change in investment in non-public company , fair value.....................    
Tax benefit from stock based compensation ..........................................    
Impairment of non-public company, non-fair value investment ............    
Net loss (gain) on disposal of property and equipment .........................    
Earn out liability ....................................................................................    
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions: 

Accounts receivable, net ....................................................................    
Accounts receivable, related party .....................................................    
Income taxes receivable ....................................................................    
Inventories, net ..................................................................................    
Issuance of notes and advances receivable ........................................    
Collection of notes and advances receivable .....................................    
Prepaid expenses and other current assets .........................................    
Accounts payable ..............................................................................    
Accounts payable, related party .........................................................    
Income taxes payable ........................................................................    
Accrued compensation ......................................................................    
Other accrued liabilities .....................................................................    
Deferred revenue ...............................................................................    
Net cash provided by operating activities ......................................................    

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Purchases of property and equipment ........................................................    
Investment in non-public company, fair value ..........................................    
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets .............................................................    
Purchase of marketable securities..............................................................    
Proceeds from maturities of marketable securities ....................................    
Net cash used in investing activities ..............................................................    

Cash flows from financing activities: 

Proceeds from sale of common stock ........................................................    
Taxes paid by Company for stock swaps and RSUs ..................................    
Tax benefit from stock-based compensation expense ...............................    
Earn out payment from Lifecore acquisition .............................................    
Net change in other assets/liabilities .........................................................    
Proceeds from long term debt ....................................................................    
Payments on long term debt ......................................................................    
Proceeds from lines of credit .....................................................................    
Payments on lines of credit .......................................................................    
Payments to non-controlling interest. ........................................................    
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities  ......................................    
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents ....................................    
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year ............................................    
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year ......................................................   $

13,725    $

19,342     $ 

22,812 

7,090     
1,577     
4,152     
(3,900)    
(463)    
793     
(90)    
—     

(1,752)    
(2)    
2,313     
(292)    
(5,691)    
5,730     
(2,175)    
2,784      
110     
1,229     
2,646     
(1,218)    
(411)    
26,155     

(17,511)    
(18,000)    
1,071     
—     
—     
(34,440)    

122     
(343)    
463     
—     
(24)    
15,014     
(6,867)    
30,417     
(30,417)    
(196)    
8,169     
(116)    
14,243     
14,127    $

7,114       
1,356       
5,605       
(10,000 )     
(1,922 )     
—       
329       
—       

(7,994 )     
12       
5,025       
(622 )     
(4,763 )     
4,481       
(32 )     
(50 )     
(91 )     
—       
38       
3,211       
6       
21,045       

(14,886 )     
—       
—       
(1,417 )     
2,962       
(13,341 )     

2,298       
(1,271 )     
1,922       
—       
31       
—       
(5,933 )     
9,500       
(13,500 )     
(226 )     
(7,179 )     
525       
13,718       
14,243     $ 

7,295 
1,695 
6,511 
(8,100)
(1,302)
— 
217 
(3,933)

(4,121)
(348)
(3,754)
(2,102)
(4,173)
4,173 
(278)
8,826 
10 
— 
(798)
(2,486)
1,086 
21,230 

(8,877)
— 
— 
(4,959)
3,414 
(10,422)

3,416 
(49)
1,302 
(9,650)
712 
— 
(7,012)
— 
(7,666)
(320)
(19,267)
(8,459)
22,177 
13,718 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flows information: 

Cash paid during the period for interest ....................................................   $
Cash paid during the period for income taxes, net of refunds received .....   $

1,994    $
150    $

1,504     $ 
50     $ 

1,728 
5,605 

See accompanying notes. 

- 46 - 

 
 
  
 
  
 
   
    
 
 
   
    
 
      
        
        
 
      
        
        
 
  
      
        
        
 
      
        
        
 
  
      
        
        
 
      
        
        
 
  
   
      
        
  
      
        
        
 
  
LANDEC CORPORATION 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1.     Organization, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Organization 

Landec  Corporation  and  its  subsidiaries  (“Landec”  or  the  “Company”)  design,  develop,  manufacture  and  sell 
differentiated products for food and biomaterials markets and license technology applications to partners. The Company has two 
proprietary polymer technology platforms: 1) Intelimer® polymers, and 2) hyaluronan (“HA”) biopolymers. The Company’s HA 
biopolymers are proprietary in that they are specially formulated for specific customers to meet strict regulatory requirements. 
The  Company’s  polymer  technologies,  along with  its  customer  relationships  and  trade  names,  are  the  foundation, and  a key 
differentiating advantage upon which Landec has built its business. The Company sells specialty packaged branded Eat Smart® 
and GreenLine® and private label fresh-cut vegetables and whole produce to retailers, club stores and foodservice operators, 
primarily  in  the  United  States,  Canada  and  Asia  through  its  Apio,  Inc.  (“Apio”)  subsidiary  and  sells  HA-based  biomaterials 
through its Lifecore Biomedical, Inc. (“Lifecore”) subsidiary. 

Basis of Presentation 

Basis of Consolidation 

The consolidated financial statements are presented on the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with U.S. generally 
accepted  accounting  principles  and  include  the  accounts  of  Landec  Corporation  and  its subsidiaries,  Apio  and  Lifecore.  All 
material inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated. 

Arrangements  that  are  not  controlled  through  voting  or  similar  rights  are  reviewed  under  the  guidance  for  variable 
interest entities (“VIEs”). A company is required to consolidate the assets, liabilities and operations of a VIE if it is determined 
to be the primary beneficiary of the VIE.  

An entity is a VIE and subject to consolidation, if by design: a) the total equity investment at risk is not sufficient to 
permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support provided by any parties, including 
equity holders or b) as a group the holders of the equity investment at risk lack any one of the following three characteristics: 
(i) the power, through voting rights or similar rights to direct the activities of an entity that most significantly impact the entity’s 
economic performance, (ii) the obligation to absorb the expected losses of the entity, or (iii) the right to receive the expected 
residual returns of the entity. The Company reviewed the consolidation guidance and concluded that the partnership interest and 
equity investment in non-public companies by the Company are not VIEs.  

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Use of Estimates 

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  requires 
management  to  make  certain  estimates  and  judgments  that  affect  the  amounts  reported  in  the  financial  statements  and 
accompanying notes. The accounting estimates that require management’s most significant and subjective judgments include 
revenue recognition; sales returns and allowances; self insurance liabilities; recognition and measurement of current and deferred 
income  tax  assets  and  liabilities;  the  assessment  of  recoverability  of  long-lived  assets;  the  valuation  of  intangible assets  and 
inventory; the valuation of investments; and the valuation and recognition of stock-based compensation. 

These estimates involve the consideration of complex factors and require management to make judgments. The analysis 
of historical and future trends can require extended periods of time to resolve and are subject to change from period to period. 
The actual results may differ from management’s estimates. 

- 47 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
 
 
1.     Organization, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

Concentrations of Risk 

Cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, trade accounts receivable, grower advances and notes receivable are 
financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk. Our Company policy limits, among 
other things, the amount of credit exposure to any one issuer and to any one type of investment, other than securities issued or 
guaranteed by the U.S. government. The Company routinely assesses the financial strength of customers and growers and, as a 
consequence, believes that trade receivables, grower advances and notes receivable credit risk exposure is limited. Credit losses 
for bad debt are provided for in the consolidated financial statements through a charge to operations. A valuation allowance is 
provided for known and anticipated credit losses. The recorded amounts for these financial instruments approximate their fair 
value. 

Several of the raw materials we use to manufacture our products are currently purchased from a single source, including 
some  monomers  used  to  synthesize  Intelimer  polymers,  substrate  materials  for  our  breathable  membrane  products  and  raw 
materials for our HA products.   

The operations of Windset, in which the Company holds a 26.9% minority investment, are predominantly located in 
British Columbia and Santa Maria, California. Routinely, the Company evaluates the financial strength and ability for Windset 
to continue as a going concern. 

During the fiscal year ended May 31, 2015, sales to the Company’s top five customers accounted for approximately 
46% of total revenue with the top two customers from the Food Products Technology segment, Costco Wholesale Corporation 
(“Costco”)  and  Wal-mart,  Inc.  (“Wal-mart”)  accounting  for  approximately  21%  and  11%,  respectively,  of  total  revenues.  In 
addition, approximately 30% of the Company’s total revenues were derived from product sales to international customers, none 
of which individually accounted for more than 5% of total revenues. As of May 31, 2015, the top two customers, Costco and 
Wal-mart represented approximately 15% and 13%, respectively, of total accounts receivable. 

During the fiscal year ended May 25, 2014, sales to the Company’s top five customers accounted for approximately 
42% of total revenue with the top two customers from the Food Products Technology segment, Costco Wholesale Corporation 
and Wal-mart, Inc. accounting for approximately 21% and 11%, respectively, of total revenues. In addition, approximately 29% 
of  the  Company’s  total  revenues  were  derived  from  product  sales  to  international  customers,  none  of  which  individually 
accounted for more than 5% of total revenues. As of May 25, 2014, the top two customers, Costco Wholesale Corporation and 
Wal-mart, Inc. represented approximately 16% and 12%, respectively, of total accounts receivable. 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets 

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying 
amounts may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets is measured by comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to the 
net undiscounted future cash flow expected to be generated from the asset. If the future undiscounted cash flows are not sufficient 
to recover the carrying value of the assets, the assets’ carrying value is adjusted to fair value. The Company regularly evaluates 
its long-lived assets for indicators of possible impairment.  

Financial Instruments 

The Company’s financial instruments are primarily composed of marketable securities, commercial-term trade payables, 
grower advances, notes receivable and debt instruments. For short-term instruments, the historical carrying amount approximates 
the fair value of the instrument. The fair value of long-term debt and lines of credit approximates their carrying value. Fair values 
for long-term financial instruments not readily marketable are estimated based upon discounted future cash flows at prevailing 
market  interest  rates.  Based  on  these  assumptions,  management  believes  the  fair  market  values  of  the  Company’s  financial 
instruments are not significantly different from their recorded amounts as of May 31, 2015 and May 25, 2014. 

- 48 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
 
 
1.     Organization, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

Accounts Receivable and Sales Returns and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

The Company carries its accounts receivable at their face amounts less an allowance for estimated sales returns and 
doubtful accounts. Sales return allowances are estimated based on historical sales return amounts. Further, on a periodic basis, 
the Company evaluates its accounts receivable and establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts and estimated losses resulting 
from  the  inability  of  its  customers  to  make  required  payments.  The  allowance for  doubtful  accounts  is  determined based on 
review of the overall condition of accounts receivable balances and review of significant past due accounts. The allowance for 
doubtful accounts is based on specific identification of past due amounts and for accounts over 90-days past due. The changes in 
the Company’s allowance for sales returns and doubtful accounts are summarized in the following table (in thousands). 

    Additions 

from 
acquisitions 
and 
adjustments 
charged to 
revenue 
and 
expenses

Balance at 
beginning 
of period 

Write offs, 
net of 
recoveries

Balance at 
end of 
period

Year ended May 26, 2013 ...............................................................   $

512    $

109     $ 

(38)   $

Year ended May 25, 2014 ...............................................................   $

583    $

143     $ 

(210)   $

Year ended May 31, 2015 ...............................................................   $

516    $

—     $ 

(134)   $

583 

516  

382  

Revenue Recognition 

Revenue  from  product  sales  is  recognized  when  there  is  persuasive  evidence  that  an  arrangement  exists,  title  has 
transferred, the price is fixed and determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. Allowances are established for estimated 
uncollectible amounts, product returns, and discounts based on specific identification and historical losses.  

Apio’s Food Products Technology revenues generally consist of revenues generated from the sale of specialty packaged 
fresh-cut  and  whole  value-added  processed  vegetable  products  that  are  generally  washed  and  packaged  in  our  proprietary 
packaging and sold under Apio’s Eat Smart and GreenLine brands and various private labels. Revenue is generally recognized 
upon shipment of these products to customers. The Company takes title to all produce it trades and/or packages, and therefore, 
records revenues and cost of sales at gross amounts in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. 

In addition, Food Products Technology value-added revenues include the revenues generated from Apio Cooling, LP, 
a  vegetable  cooling  operation  in  which  Apio  is  the  general  partner  with  a  60%  ownership  position  and  from  the  sale  of 
BreatheWay® packaging to license partners. Revenue is recognized on the vegetable cooling operations as cooling and storage 
services are provided to our customers. Sales of BreatheWay packaging are recognized when shipped to our customers. 

Apio’s Food Export revenues consist of revenues generated from the purchase and sale of primarily whole commodity 
fruit and vegetable products to Asia by Cal-Ex. As most Cal-Ex customers are in countries outside of the U.S., title transfers and 
revenue is generally recognized upon arrival of the shipment in the foreign port. Apio records revenue equal to the sale price to 
third parties because it takes title to the product while in transit. 

Our HA-based Biomaterials business principally generates revenue through the sale of products containing HA. Lifecore 
primarily sells products to customers in three medical areas: (1) Ophthalmic, which represented approximately 60% of Lifecore’s 
revenues in fiscal year 2015, (2) Orthopedic, which represented approximately 20% of Lifecore’s revenues in fiscal year 2015 
and (3) Veterinary/Other. The vast majority of revenues from our HA-based Biomaterials business are recognized upon shipment.  

- 49 - 

 
  
  
  
  
 
    
   
 
  
   
      
        
      
  
  
   
      
        
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
1.     Organization, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

Lifecore’s business development revenues, a portion of which are included in all three medical areas, are related to 
contract research and development (R&D) services and multi-element arrangement services with customers where the Company 
provides products and/or services in a bundled arrangement. 

Contract R&D revenue is recorded as earned, based on the performance requirements of the contract. Non-refundable 
contract fees for which no further performance obligations exist, and there is no continuing involvement by the Company, are 
recognized on the earlier of when the payment is received or collection is assured. 

For  sales  arrangements  that  contain  multiple  elements,  the  Company  splits  the  arrangement  into  separate  units  of 
accounting if the individually delivered elements have value to the customer on a standalone basis. The Company also evaluates 
whether  multiple  transactions  with  the  same  customer  or  related  party  should  be  considered  part  of  a  multiple  element 
arrangement,  whereby  the  Company  assesses,  among  other  factors,  whether  the  contracts  or  agreements  are  negotiated  or 
executed within a short time frame of each other or if there are indicators that the contracts are negotiated in contemplation of 
each other. The Company then allocates revenue to each element based on a selling price hierarchy. The relative selling price for 
a deliverable is based on its vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE), if available, third-party evidence (TPE), if VSOE is not 
available,  or  estimated  selling  price,  if  neither  VSOE  nor  TPE  is  available.  The  Company  then  recognizes  revenue  on  each 
deliverable in accordance with its policies for product and service revenue recognition. The Company is not typically able to 
determine  VSOE  or  TPE,  and  therefore,  uses  the  estimated  selling  price  to  allocate  revenue  between  the  elements  of  an 
arrangement. 

The Company limits the amount of revenue recognition for delivered elements to the amount that is not contingent on 
the future delivery of products or services or future performance obligations or subject to customer-specific cancellation rights. 
The Company evaluates each deliverable in an arrangement to determine whether it represents a separate unit of accounting. A 
deliverable constitutes a separate unit of accounting when it has stand-alone value, and for an arrangement that includes a general 
right of return relative to the delivered products or services, delivery or performance of the undelivered product or service is 
considered probable and is substantially controlled by the Company. The Company considers a deliverable to have stand-alone 
value if the product or service is sold separately by the Company or another vendor or could be resold by the customer. Further, 
the  revenue  arrangements  generally  do  not  include  a  general  right  of  return  relative  to  delivered  products.  Where  the 
aforementioned criteria for a separate unit of accounting are not met, the deliverable is combined with the undelivered element(s) 
and treated as a single unit of accounting for the purposes of allocation of the arrangement consideration and revenue recognition. 
The Company allocates the total arrangement consideration to each separable element of an arrangement based upon the relative 
selling price of each element. Allocation of the consideration is determined at arrangement inception on the basis of each unit’s 
relative selling price. In instances where the Company has not established fair value for any undelivered element, revenue for all 
elements is deferred until delivery of the final element is completed and all recognition criteria are met. 

Licensing revenue is recognized in accordance with prevailing accounting guidance. Initial license fees are deferred and 
amortized to revenue over the period of the agreement when a contract exists, the fee is fixed and determinable, and collectability 
is reasonably assured. Noncancellable, nonrefundable license fees are recognized over the period of the agreement, including 
those governing research and development activities and any related supply agreement entered into concurrently with the license 
when the risk associated with commercialization of a product is non-substantive at the outset of the arrangement. 

From time to time, the Company offers customers sales incentives, which include volume rebates and discounts. These 

amounts are estimated on a quarterly basis and recorded as a reduction of revenue. 

- 50 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
 
 
1.     Organization, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

A summary of revenues by type of revenue arrangement as described above is as follows (in thousands): 

  Year ended 
May 31, 2015

    Year ended 
May 25, 2014 

     Year ended  
May 26, 2013

Recorded upon shipment .......................................................................   $
Recorded upon acceptance in foreign port ............................................    
Revenue from multiple element arrangements ......................................    
Revenue from license fees, R&D contracts and royalties/profit 
sharing .................................................................................................    
Total ......................................................................................................   $

465,484    $
67,714     
4,253     

1,806     
539,257    $

398,938    $
69,710     
6,811     

1,354     
476,813    $

359,518 
78,442 
1,773 

1,975 
441,708 

Shipping and Handling Costs 

Amounts billed to third-party customers for shipping and handling are included as a component of revenues. Shipping 
and handling costs incurred are included as a component of cost of products sold and represent costs incurred to ship product 
from the sourcing locations to the end consumer markets.  

Other Accounting Policies and Disclosures 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

The Company records all highly liquid securities with three months or less from date of purchase to maturity as cash 
equivalents.  Cash  equivalents  consist  mainly  of  certificate  of deposits (CDs),  money  market  funds and U.S.  Treasuries.  The 
market value of cash equivalents approximates their historical cost given their short-term nature. 

Inventories 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (using the first-in, first-out method) or market. As of May 31, 2015 and May 

25, 2014 inventories consisted of (in thousands):  

Finished goods  ...........................................................................................................   $
Raw materials ..............................................................................................................    
Work in progress .........................................................................................................    
Inventories, net ........................................................................................................   $

May 31,  
2015 

May 25,  
2014

13,271    $ 
9,879      
1,877      
25,027    $ 

11,111 
10,376 
3,248 
24,735 

If the cost of the inventories exceeds their net realizable value, provisions are recorded currently to reduce them to net 
realizable value. The Company also provides a provision for slow moving and obsolete inventories based on the estimate of 
demand for its products. 

Advertising Expense 

Advertising expenditures for the Company are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense for the Company for fiscal 

years 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $1.3 million, $447,000 and $445,000, respectively.  

Notes and Advances Receivable 

Apio issues notes and makes advances to produce growers for their crop and harvesting costs primarily for the purpose 
of sourcing crops for Apio's business.  Notes receivable and advances are generally recovered during the growing season (less 
than one year) using proceeds from the crops sold to Apio.  Notes are interest bearing obligations, evidenced by contracts and 
notes receivable.  These notes and advances receivable are secured by perfected liens on crops, have terms that range from three 
to nine months, and are reviewed at least quarterly for collectability.  A reserve is established for any note or advance deemed to 
not be fully collectible based upon an estimate of the crop value or the fair value of the security for the note or advance.  There 
were no notes or advances outstanding at May 31, 2015. 

- 51 - 

 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
1.     Organization, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

Related Party Transactions 

The  Company  sold  products  to  and  earned  license  fees  from  Windset  Holding  2010  Ltd.,  a  Canadian  corporation 
(“Windset”) during the last three fiscal years. During fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company recognized related party 
revenues  of  $537,000,  $365,000,  and  $316,000,  respectively.  These  amounts  have  been  included  in  product  sales  in  the 
accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, from the sale of products to and license fees from Windset. 
The related receivable balances of $306,000 and $304,000 from Windset are included in accounts receivable, related party in the 
accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of May 31, 2015 and May 25, 2014, respectively. 

Additionally, unrelated to the revenue transactions above, the Company purchases produce from Windset for sale to 
third  parties.  During  fiscal  years  2015,  2014  and  2013,  the  Company  recognized  related  party  cost  of  product  sales  of  $1.6 
million, $1.6 million and $2.1 million, respectively, in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, 
from the sale of products purchased from Windset. The related accounts payable of $244,000 and $134,000 from Windset are 
included in accounts payable, related party in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of May 31, 2015 and May 25, 
2014, respectively.  

All related party transactions are monitored quarterly by the Company and approved by the Audit Committee of the 

Board of Directors. 

Property and Equipment 

Property  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost.  Expenditures  for  major  improvements  are  capitalized  while  repairs  and 
maintenance  are  charged  to expense.  Depreciation  is  expensed  on  a  straight-line basis  over  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the 
respective assets, generally three to forty years for buildings and leasehold improvements and three to twenty years for furniture 
and fixtures, computers, capitalized software, capitalized leases, machinery, equipment and autos. Leasehold improvements are 
amortized on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the economic life of the improvement or the life of the lease.  

The  Company  capitalizes  software  development  costs  for  internal  use  in  accordance  with  accounting  guidance. 
Capitalization of software development costs begins in the application development stage and ends when the asset is placed into 
service.  The  Company  amortizes  such  costs  using  the  straight-line  basis  over  estimated  useful  lives  of  three  to  seven  years. 
During fiscal years 2015 and 2014, the Company capitalized $509,000 and $913,000 in software development costs, respectively. 
During fiscal year 2013, the Company did not capitalize any software development costs. 

Long-Lived Assets 

The Company’s Long-Lived Assets consist of property, plant and equipment, and intangible assets. Intangible assets 
are comprised of customer relationships with an estimated useful life of twelve to thirteen years (the “finite-lived intangible 
assets”) and trademarks/trade names and goodwill with indefinite lives (collectively, “the indefinite-lived intangible assets”), 
which the Company recognized in accordance with accounting guidance (i) upon the acquisition of GreenLine Holding Company 
(“GreenLine”) by Apio in April 2012, (ii) upon the acquisition of Lifecore in April 2010 and (iii) upon the acquisition of Apio 
in December 1999. Accounting guidance defines goodwill as “the excess of the cost of an acquired entity over the net of the 
estimated fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at date of acquisition.” All intangible assets, including 
goodwill,  associated  with  the  acquisition  of  Lifecore  was  allocated  to  the  HA-based  Biomaterials  reporting  unit  and  the 
acquisitions  of  Apio  and  GreenLine  were  allocated  to  the  Food  Products  Technology  reporting  unit  pursuant  to  accounting 
guidance based upon the allocation of assets and liabilities acquired and consideration paid for each reporting unit. As of May 
31, 2015, the HA-based Biomaterials reporting unit had $13.9 million of goodwill and the Food Products Technology reporting 
unit had $35.7 million of goodwill.  

- 52 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
1.     Organization, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

Property, plant and equipment and finite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for possible impairment whenever events 
or changes in circumstances occur that indicate that the carrying amount of an asset (or asset group) may not be recoverable. The 
Company’s impairment review requires significant management judgment including estimating the future success of product 
lines, future sales volumes, revenue and expense growth rates, alternative uses for the assets and estimated proceeds from the 
disposal of the assets. The Company conducts quarterly reviews of idle and underutilized equipment, and reviews business plans 
for possible impairment indicators. Impairment is indicated when the carrying amount of the asset (or asset group) exceeds its 
estimated future undiscounted cash flows and the impairment is viewed as other than temporary. When impairment is indicated, 
an impairment charge is recorded for the difference between the asset’s book value and its estimated fair value. Depending on 
the asset, estimated fair value may be determined either by use of a discounted cash flow model or by reference to estimated 
selling values of assets in similar condition. The use of different assumptions would increase or decrease the estimated fair value 
of assets and would increase or decrease any impairment measurement. 

The Company tests its indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment at least annually, in accordance with accounting 
guidance. For all indefinite-lived assets, including goodwill, the Company performs a qualitative analysis in accordance with 
ASC  350-30-35.  Application  of  the  impairment  tests  for  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  requires  significant  judgment  by 
management, including identification of reporting units, assignment of assets and liabilities to reporting units, assignment of 
intangible assets to reporting units, which judgments are inherently uncertain.  

During the fiscal quarter ended February 23, 2014, the Company voluntarily changed the date of its annual goodwill 
and indefinite-lived intangible assets impairment testing from the last day of the fiscal month in July to the first day of the fiscal 
fourth quarter. This voluntary change was preferable under the circumstances as it provides the Company with additional time 
to complete its annual goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment testing in advance of its year-end reporting and 
results  in  better  alignment  with  the  Company’s  strategic  planning  and  forecasting  process.  This  change  was  not  applied 
retrospectively as it was impracticable to do so because retrospective application would have required application of significant 
estimates and assumptions with the use of hindsight. Accordingly, the change was applied prospectively.  

The Company tested its indefinite-lived intangible assets, including goodwill, for impairment as of March 2, 2015 and 
determined  that  no  adjustments  to  the  carrying  values  of  these  assets  were  necessary  as  of  that  date.  As  a  result,  it  was  not 
necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test at the time. Subsequent to the 2015 annual impairment 
test, there have been no significant events or circumstances affecting the valuation of goodwill. As of May 31, 2015, there were 
no events or changes in circumstances that indicated that the carrying amount of intangible assets may not be recoverable or that 
goodwill should be tested for impairment. Therefore, there was no impairment to the carrying value of the Company's goodwill. 
There were no impairment losses for goodwill during fiscal years 2014 and 2013.  

On a quarterly basis, the Company considers the need to update its most recent annual tests for possible impairment of 
its indefinite-lived intangible assets, based on management’s assessment of changes in its business and other economic factors 
since the most recent annual evaluation. Such changes, if significant or material, could indicate a need to update the most recent 
annual tests for impairment of the indefinite-lived intangible assets during the current period. The results of these tests could lead 
to write-downs of the carrying values of these assets in the current period.  

In  the  annual  impairment  test,  the  Company  first  assess  qualitative  factors  to  determine  whether  it  is  necessary  to 
perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. In assessing the qualitative factors, management considers the impact 
of  these  key  factors:  macro-economic  conditions,  industry  and  market  environment,  overall  financial  performance  of  the 
Company, cash flow from operating activities, market capitalization and stock price. If management determines as a result of the 
qualitative assessment that it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50 percent) that the fair value of a reporting 
unit is less than its carrying amount, then the quantitative test is required. Otherwise, no further testing is required. 

- 53 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
 
 
In a quantitative test, the Company compares the fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assets to its carrying value 
including goodwill. The Company determines the fair value using both an income approach and a market approach. Under the 
income approach, fair value is determined based on estimated future cash flows, discounted by an estimated weighted-average 
cost of capital, which reflects the overall level of inherent risk of the Company and the rate of return an outside investor would 
expect to earn. Under the market-based approach, information regarding the Company is utilized as well as publicly available 
industry information to determine earnings multiples that are used to value the Company. If the carrying value of the Company 
exceeds its fair value, the Company will determine the amount of impairment loss by comparing the implied fair value of goodwill 
with the carrying value of goodwill. An impairment charge is recognized for the excess of the carrying value of goodwill over 
its implied fair value. 

Investment in Non-Public Company 

In December 2005, Landec entered into a licensing agreement with Aesthetic Sciences for the exclusive rights to use 
Landec's Intelimer® materials technology for the development of dermal fillers worldwide under the agreement. The Company 
received shares of preferred stock in exchange for the license. As of March 1, 2015, the Company concluded that its investment 
in Aesthetic Sciences was other than temporarily impaired, and therefore wrote off its remaining $793,000 investment (see Note 
2).  

On February 15, 2011, the Company made an investment in Windset which is reported as an investment in non-public 
company, fair value, in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of May 31, 2015 and May 25, 2014. The Company 
has elected to account for its investment in Windset under the fair value option (see Note 2). 

Partial Self-Insurance on Employee Health Plan 

The Company provides health insurance benefits to eligible employees under a self-insured plan whereby the Company 
pays actual medical claims subject to certain stop loss limits. The Company records self-insurance liabilities based on actual 
claims filed and an estimate of those claims incurred but not reported. Any projection of losses concerning the Company's liability 
is subject to a high degree of variability. Among the causes of this variability are unpredictable external factors such as inflation 
rates, changes in severity, benefit level changes, medical costs, and claims settlement patterns. This self-insurance liability is 
included in accrued liabilities and represents management's best estimate of the amounts that have not been paid as of May 31, 
2015. It is reasonably possible that the expense the Company ultimately incurs could differ and adjustments to future reserves 
may be necessary. 

Deferred Revenue 

Cash received in advance of services  performed are recorded as deferred revenue. At May 31, 2015, $843,000 was 

recognized as advances from customers. At May 25, 2014, $1.3 million was recognized as advances from customers.  

Non-Controlling Interest  

The Company reports all non-controlling interests as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. The non-controlling 
interest’s  share  of  the  income  or  loss  of  the  consolidated  subsidiary  is  reported  as  a  separate  line  item  in  our  Consolidated 
Statements of Comprehensive Income, following the consolidated net income caption. 

In connection with the acquisition of Apio, Landec acquired Apio’s 60% general partner interest in Apio Cooling, a 
California  limited  partnership.  Apio  Cooling  is  included  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  of  Landec  for  all  periods 
presented. The non-controlling interest balance of $1.7 at both May 31, 2015 and May 25, 2014 was comprised of the non-
controlling limited partners’ interest in Apio Cooling.  

- 54 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
 
 
1.     Organization, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

Income Taxes 

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with accounting guidance which requires that deferred tax assets 
and liabilities be recognized using enacted tax rates for the effect of temporary differences between the book and tax basis of 
recorded assets and liabilities. The Company maintains valuation allowances when it is likely that all or a portion of a deferred 
tax asset will not be realized. Changes in valuation allowances from period to period are included in the Company’s income tax 
provision in the period of change. In determining whether a valuation allowance is warranted, the Company takes into account 
such factors as prior earnings history, expected future earnings, unsettled circumstances that, if unfavorably resolved, would 
adversely affect utilization of a deferred tax asset, carryback and carryforward periods, and tax strategies that could potentially 
enhance  the  likelihood  of  realization  of  a  deferred  tax  asset.  At  May  31,  2015,  the  Company  had  a  $1.2  million  valuation 
allowance against its deferred tax assets. 

In addition to valuation allowances, the Company establishes accruals for uncertain tax positions. The tax-contingency 
accruals are adjusted in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the progress of tax audits, case law and emerging 
legislation.  The  Company  recognizes  interest  and  penalties  related  to  uncertain  tax  positions  as  a  component  of  income  tax 
expense.  The  Company’s  effective  tax  rate  includes  the  impact  of  tax-contingency  accruals  as  considered  appropriate  by 
management.  

A number of years may elapse before a particular matter, for which the Company has accrued, is audited and finally 
resolved. The number of years with open tax audits varies by jurisdiction. While it is often difficult to predict the final outcome 
or the timing of resolution of any particular tax matter, the Company believes its tax-contingency accruals are adequate to address 
known tax contingencies. Favorable resolution of such matters could be recognized as a reduction to the Company’s effective 
tax  rate  in  the  year  of  resolution.  Unfavorable  settlement  of  any  particular  issue  could  increase  the  effective  tax  rate.  Any 
resolution of  a  tax  issue  may  require  the  use  of  cash  in  the  year  of resolution. The  Company’s  tax-contingency  accruals  are 
recorded in other accrued liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

Per Share Information 

Accounting guidance requires the presentation of basic and diluted earnings per share. Basic earnings per share excludes 
any  dilutive  effects  of  options,  warrants  and  convertible  securities  and  is  computed  using  the  weighted  average  number  of 
common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share reflect the potential dilution as if securities or other contracts to issue 
common stock were exercised or converted into common stock. Diluted common equivalent shares consist of stock options and 
restricted stock units, calculated using the treasury stock method.  

The following table sets forth the computation of diluted net income per share (in thousands, except per share amounts): 

Numerator: 
Net income applicable to Common Stockholders  ..........................   $
Denominator: 

Fiscal Year 
Ended  
May 31, 2015 

Fiscal Year 
Ended  
May 25, 2014 

Fiscal Year 
Ended  
May 26, 2013 

13,544    $

19,145    $ 

22,587 

Weighted average shares for basic net income per share .............    

26,884      

26,628      

25,830  

Effect of dilutive securities: 

Stock options and restricted stock units .......................................    
Weighted average shares for diluted net income per share .............    

452     
27,336     

492      
27,120      

796 
26,626 

Diluted net income per share  ..........................................................   $

0.50    $

0.71    $ 

0.85 

Options to purchase 371,115, 333,993 and 88,022 shares of Common Stock at a weighted average exercise price of 
$14.02, $14.15 and $12.80 per share were outstanding during fiscal years ended May 31, 2015, May 25, 2014 and May 26, 2013, 
respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted net income per share because the options’ exercise price were 
greater than the average market price of the Common Stock and, therefore, their inclusion would be antidilutive. 

- 55 - 

 
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
    
 
      
        
        
 
      
        
        
 
      
        
        
 
  
      
        
        
 
  
   
 
 
1.     Organization, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

Cost of Sales 

The Company includes in cost of sales all the costs related to the sale of products. These costs include the following: 
raw materials (including produce, seeds, packaging, syringes and fermentation and purification supplies), direct labor, overhead 
(including indirect labor, depreciation, and facility related costs) and shipping and shipping related costs. 

Research and Development Expenses 

Costs related to both research and development contracts and Company-funded research is included in research and 
development expenses. Research and development costs are primarily comprised of salaries and related benefits, supplies, travel 
expenses, consulting expenses and corporate allocations. 

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation 

               The Company records compensation expense for stock-based awards issued to employees and directors in exchange for 
services provided based on the estimated fair value of the awards on their grant dates and is recognized over the required service 
periods (generally the vesting period). For nonstatutory options, the cash flows resulting from the tax benefit due to tax deductions 
in excess of the compensation expense recognized for those options (excess tax benefit) are classified as financing activities 
within the statement of cash flows. The Company’s stock-based awards include stock option grants and restricted stock unit 
awards (“RSUs”).  

The following table summarizes the stock-based compensation for options and RSUs (in thousands):  

Options ................................................................................   $
RSUs ...................................................................................    
Total stock-based compensation expense ........................   $

561    $
1,016     
1,577    $

558    $ 
798      
1,356    $ 

788 
907 
1,695 

  Fiscal Year Ended
May 31, 2015

    Fiscal Year Ended 

     Fiscal Year Ended

May 25, 2014 

May 26, 2013

The following table summarizes the stock-based compensation by income statement line item (in thousands):  

Research and development ..................................................   $
Sales, general and administrative ........................................    
Total stock-based compensation expense ........................   $

38    $
1,539     
1,577    $

39    $ 
1,317      
1,356    $ 

718 
977 
1,695 

  Fiscal Year Ended
May 31, 2015

    Fiscal Year Ended 

     Fiscal Year Ended

May 25, 2014 

May 26, 2013

The estimated fair value for stock options, which determines the Company’s calculation of compensation expense, is 
based on the Black-Scholes option pricing model. RSUs are valued at the closing market price of the Company’s common stock 
on the date of grant. The Company uses the straight line single option method to calculate and recognize the fair value of stock-
based compensation arrangements. In addition, the Company uses historical data to estimate pre-vesting forfeitures and records 
stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest and revises those estimates in subsequent 
periods if the actual forfeitures differ from the prior estimates.  

The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected 
stock price volatility and expected life of option awards, which have a significant impact on the fair value estimates. As of May 
31, 2015, May 25, 2014 and May 26, 2013, the fair value of stock option grants was estimated using the following weighted 
average assumptions: 

- 56 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
   
 
 
1.     Organization, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

Expected life (in years) ......................................................    
Risk-free interest rate .........................................................    
Volatility ............................................................................    
Dividend yield ....................................................................    

3.25      
1.00%    
0.32      
0%    

3.50       
0.71%     
0.41       
0%     

3.76  
0.48%
0.53  
0%

  Fiscal Year Ended
May 31, 2015

     Fiscal Year Ended 

     Fiscal Year Ended

May 25, 2014 

May 26, 2013

The weighted average estimated fair value of Landec employee stock options granted at grant date market prices during 
the fiscal years ended May 31, 2015, May 25, 2014 and May 26, 2013 was $3.42, $4.41 and $3.57 per share, respectively. No 
stock options were granted above or below grant date market prices during the fiscal years ended May 31, 2015, May 25, 2014 
and May 26, 2013. 

Fair Value Measurements 

The Company uses fair value measurement accounting for financial assets and liabilities and for financial instruments 
and certain other items measured at fair value. The Company has elected the fair value option for its investment in a non-public 
company (see Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). The Company has not elected the fair value option for any of 
its other eligible financial assets or liabilities. 

The accounting guidance established a three-tier hierarchy for fair value measurements, which prioritizes the inputs 

used in measuring fair value as follows: 

Level 1 – observable inputs such as quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets. 

Level 2 – inputs  other  than  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  that  are  observable  either  directly  or  indirectly  through 

corroboration with observable market data. 

Level 3 – unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which would require the Company to develop 

its own assumptions. 

As of May 31, 2015, the only asset of the Company that was measured at fair value on a recurring basis was its minority 

interest investment in Windset. 

The Company has elected the fair value option of accounting for its investment in Windset. The calculation of fair value 
utilizes significant unobservable inputs in the discounted cash flow models, including projected cash flows, growth rates and 
discount rates. As a result, the Company’s investment in Windset is considered to be a Level 3 measurement investment. The 
change in the fair market value of the Company’s investment in Windset for the fiscal years ended May 31, 2015 and May 25, 
2014  was  due  to  the  Company’s  26.9%  and  20.1%,  respectively,  minority  interest  in  the  change  in  the  fair  market  value  of 
Windset during those periods. In determining the fair value of the investment in Windset, the Company utilizes the following 
significant unobservable inputs in the discounted cash flow models:  

Annual consolidated revenue growth rates......................................................................    
Annual consolidated expense growth rates .....................................................................    
Consolidated income tax rates .........................................................................................    
Consolidated discount rates .............................................................................................    

  At May 31, 2015      At May 25, 2014  
4%
4%     
4%
4%     
15%
15%     
16% to 22%
15% to 21%     

The revenue growth, expense growth and income tax rate assumptions, consider the Company's best estimate of the 
trends in those items over the discount period.   The discount rate assumption takes into account the risk-free rate of return, the 
market  equity  risk  premium  and  the  company’s  specific  risk  premium  and  then  applies  an  additional  discount  for  lack  of 
marketability of the underlying securities.    The discounted cash flow valuation model used by the Company has the following 
sensitivity to changes in inputs and assumptions (in thousands):  

- 57 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
    
 
 
1.     Organization, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

10% increase in revenue growth rates ........................................................................................................   $ 
10% increase in expense growth rates ........................................................................................................   $ 
10% increase in income tax rates ...............................................................................................................   $ 
10% increase in discount rates ...................................................................................................................   $ 

Impact on value of 
Windset investment 
as of May 31, 2015
2,300  
(1,200)
(100)
(1,500)

Imprecision in estimating unobservable market inputs can affect the amount of gain or loss recorded for a particular 
position. The use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could 
result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date. 

The following table summarizes the fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on 

a recurring basis, as of May 31, 2015 and May 25, 2014 (in thousands): 

   Level 1 

Fair Value at May 31, 2015 
Level 2 

Level 3 

Fair Value at May 25, 2014 

Level 1 

     Level 2 
-    $ 
-      
-    $ 

-    $
-     
-    $

Level 3 

- 
39,600 
39,600 

-    $
61,500     
61,500    $

-     
-    $

-      
-    $ 

44      
44     $

- 
- 

Assets: 
Marketable securities .....................   $ 
Investment in private company ......     
Total ............................................   $ 

Liabilities: 
Interest rate swap ............................     
Total ............................................   $ 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

Debt Issuance Costs 

-    $
-     
-    $

-     
-    $

-    $
-     
-    $

-     
-    $

In April 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) No. 
2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Cost ("ASU 2015-03"), which requires that debt issuance costs related 
to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, 
consistent with debt discounts. The new guidance is effective for the Company beginning in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 
2016, with early adoption permitted. Management is currently evaluating the impact that adoption of ASU 2015-03 will have on 
the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and disclosures. 

Revenue Recognition 

In  May  2014,  the  FASB  issued  Accounting  Standard  Update  (“ASU”)  No.  2014-09,  Revenue  from  Contracts  with 
Customers (Topic 606) ("ASU 2014-09"), which outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for 
revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-
specific guidance. The standard requires entities to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to 
customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or 
services.  The  new  guidance  also  includes  a  cohesive  set  of  disclosure  requirements  intended  to  provide  users  of  financial 
statements with comprehensive information about the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising 
from a company’s contracts with customers. ASU 2014-09 will be effective beginning the first quarter of the Company's fiscal 
year  2019  and  early  application  is  not  permitted.  The  standard  allows  for  either  “full  retrospective”  adoption,  meaning  the 
standard is applied to all of the periods presented, or “modified retrospective” adoption, meaning the standard is applied only to 
the most current period presented in the financial statements. Management is currently evaluating the effect ASU 2014-09 will 
have on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and disclosures.  

- 58 - 

 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
        
        
 
  
  
  
     
  
  
 
 
2.    Investments in non-public companies 

Aesthetic Sciences 

In December 2005, Landec entered into a licensing agreement with Aesthetic Sciences for the exclusive rights to use 
Landec's Intelimer® materials technology for the development of dermal fillers worldwide under the agreement. The Company 
received shares of preferred stock in exchange for the license. Aesthetic Sciences sold the rights to its Smartfil Injector System 
on July 16, 2010. The royalty period from the sale of the Smartfil Injector System began November 1, 2014 and as a result the 
Company obtained for the first time during the third quarter of fiscal year 2015 financial information for the products for which 
a royalty is due Aesthetic Sciences. Based on the review of this historical financial information and discussions with the acquirer, 
the Company concluded that its investment in Aesthetic Sciences was other than temporarily impaired, and therefore wrote off 
its remaining $793,000 investment in Aesthetic Sciences as of March 1, 2015 and is included in other income in the Consolidated 
Statements of Comprehensive Income.  

Windset 

On  February  15,  2011,  Apio  entered  into  a  share  purchase  agreement  (the  “Windset  Purchase  Agreement”)  with 
Windset. Pursuant to the Windset Purchase Agreement, Apio purchased from Windset 150,000 Senior A preferred shares for $15 
million and 201 common shares for $201. On July 15, 2014, Apio increased its investment in Windset by purchasing from the 
Newell Capital Corporation an additional 68 shares of common stock and 51,211 shares of junior preferred stock of Windset for 
$11.0 million. After this purchase, the Company’s common shares represent a 26.9% ownership interest in Windset. The non-
voting  Senior  A  preferred  shares  yield  a  cash  dividend  of  7.5%  annually.  The  dividend  is  payable  within  90  days  of  each 
anniversary of the execution of the Windset Purchase Agreement. The non-voting junior preferred stock does not yield a dividend 
unless declared by the Board of Directors of Windset and no such dividend has been declared.  

The Windset Purchase Agreement includes a put and call option, which can be exercised on the sixth anniversary of the 
Windset  Purchase  Agreement  whereby  Apio  can  exercise  the  put  to  sell  its  common,  Senior  A  preferred  shares  and  junior 
preferred shares to Windset, or Windset can exercise the call to purchase those shares from Apio, in either case, at a price equal 
to 26.9% of the appreciation in the fair market value of Windset’s common shares from the date of the Company’s investment 
through the put and call date, plus the liquidation value of the preferred shares of $20.1 million ($15 million for the Senior A 
preferred shares and $5.1 million for the junior preferred shares). Under the terms of the arrangement with Windset, the Company 
is entitled to designate one of five members on the Board of Directors of Windset. 

On  October  29,  2014,  Apio  further  increased  its  investment  in  Windset  by  purchasing  70,000  shares  of  Senior  B 
preferred shares for $7.0 million. The Senior B Preferred Stock pays an annual dividend of 7.5% on the amount outstanding at 
each anniversary date of the Windset Purchase Agreement. The Senior B shares purchased by Apio have a put feature whereby 
Apio can sell back to Windset $1.5 million of shares on the first anniversary, an additional $2.75 million of shares on the second 
anniversary and the remaining $2.75 million on the third anniversary. After the third anniversary, Apio may at any time put any 
or all of the shares not previously sold back to Windset. At any time on or after February 15, 2017, Windset has the right to call 
any or all of the outstanding common shares and at such time must also call the same proportion of Senior A preferred shares, 
Senior B preferred shares and junior preferred shares owned by Apio. Windset’s partial call provision is restricted such that a 
partial call cannot result in Apio holding less than 10% of Windset’s common shares outstanding. 

The investment in Windset does not qualify for equity method accounting as the investment does not meet the criteria 
of in-substance common stock due to returns through the annual dividend on the non-voting senior preferred shares that are not 
available to the common stock holders. As the put and call options require the Purchased Shares to be put or called in equal 
proportions, the Company has deemed that the investment, in substance, should be treated as a single security for purposes of 
accounting.  The  Company  has  adopted  fair  value  option  in  the  accounting  for  its  investment  in  Windset  effective  on  the 
acquisition date. The fair value of the Company’s investment in Windset utilizes significant unobservable inputs in the discounted 
cash flow models, including projected cash flows, growth rates and the discount rate, and is therefore considered a Level 3 for 
fair value measurement purposes (see Note 1). The Company believes that reporting its investment at fair value provides its 
investors with useful information on the performance of the Company’s investment and the anticipated appreciation in value as 
Windset expands its business.  

- 59 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
2.    Investments in non-public companies (continued) 

The fair value of the Company’s investment in Windset was determined utilizing the Windset Purchase Agreement’s 
put/call calculation for value and a discounted cash flow model based on projections developed by Windset, and considers the 
put and call conversion options. These features impact the duration of the cash flows utilized to derive the estimated fair values 
of the investment. These two discounted cash flow models’ estimate for fair value, which generally approximate a similar result, 
is then weighted. Assumptions included in these discounted cash flow models will be evaluated quarterly based on Windset’s 
actual and projected operating results to determine the change in fair value.  

During the year ended May 31, 2015, the Company recorded $1.4 million in dividends and in fiscal years ended May 
25, 2014 and May 26, 2013, the Company recorded $1.1 million in dividend income. In addition, the Company recorded $3.9 
million,  $10.0  million  and  $8.1  million  of  income  for  fiscal  years  ended  May  31,  2105,  May  25,  2014  and  May  26,  2013, 
respectively, which is included in other income in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, from the increase in 
the fair market value of the Company’s investment in Windset.  

The Company also entered into an exclusive license agreement with Windset, which was executed in June 2010, prior 

to contemplation of Apio’s investment in Windset.  

3.    Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment consists of the following (in thousands):  

Land and building .............................................................................  
Leasehold improvements...................................................................  
Computer, capitalized software, machinery, equipment and auto .....  
Furniture and fixtures ........................................................................  
Construction in process .....................................................................     
Gross property and equipment .......................................................     
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization ..............................     
Net property and equipment ..........................................................     

Years of
Useful Life
15-40 
3-20 
3-20 
3-7 

  May 31, 2015       May 25, 2014  
56,378 
    $
1,079 
53,715 
824 
6,975 
118,971 
(44,831)
74,140 

57,426    $ 
1,360      
68,260      
804      
6,837      
134,687      
(50,222)     
84,465    $ 

     $

              Depreciation and amortization expense for property and equipment for the fiscal years ended May 31, 2015, May 25, 
2014 and May 26, 2013 was $6.2 million, $6.2 million and $6.3 million, respectively. There was no equipment under capital 
leases at May 31, 2015 or May 25, 2014. Amortization related to capitalized software was $158,000, $189,000 and $160,000 for 
fiscal years ended May 31, 2015, May 25, 2014 and May 26, 2013, respectively. The unamortized computer software costs as of 
both May 31, 2015 and May 25, 2014 was $1.1 million. 

4.    Intangible Assets 

The carrying amount of goodwill as of May 31, 2015, May 25, 2014 and May 26, 2013 was $35.7 million for the Food 

Products Technology segment and $13.9 million for the Hyaluronan-based Biomaterials segment. 

- 60 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
  
      
 
 
  
 
     
     
     
 
      
  
  
     
 
      
 
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
4. Intangible Assets (continued) 

Information regarding Landec’s other intangible assets is as follows (in thousands): 

Trademarks &  
Trade names 

Customer 
Relationships 

Total 

Balance as of May 27, 2012 .........................................   $
Amortization expense ...............................................    
Balance as of May 26, 2013 .........................................    
Amortization expense ...............................................    
Balance as of May 25, 2014 .........................................    
Amortization expense ...............................................    
Balance as of May 31, 2015 .........................................   $

48,428    $
—     
48,428     
—     
48,428     
—     
48,428    $

10,557    $ 
(951)     
9,606       
(886)     
8,720       
(885)     
7,835     $ 

58,985 
(951)
58,034 
(886)
57,148 
(885)
56,263 

Accumulated amortization of Trademark and Trade names as of both May 31, 2015 and May 25, 2014 was $872,000. 
Accumulated amortization of Customer Relationships as of May 31, 2015 and May 25, 2014 was $3.4 million and $2.5 million, 
respectively. Accumulated impairment losses as of both May 31, 2015 and May 25, 2014 were $4.8 million. Lifecore’s Customer 
Relationships amount of $3.7 million is being amortized over 12 years and Apio’s customer relationships amount of $7.5 million 
is being amortized over 13 years. The amortization expense for the next five fiscal years is estimated to be $885,000 per year.  

5. Stockholders’ Equity 

Holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share. 

Convertible Preferred Stock  

The Company has authorized two million shares of preferred stock, and as of May 31, 2015 has no outstanding preferred 

Common Stock and Stock Option Plans 

At May 31, 2015, the Company had 881,143 common shares reserved for future issuance under Landec equity incentive 

stock. 

plans. 

On October 10, 2013, following stockholder approval at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders of the Company, the 2013 
Stock  Incentive  Plan  (the  “Plan”)  became  effective  and  replaced  the  Company’s  2009  Stock  Incentive  Plan.  Employees 
(including officers), consultants and directors of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates are eligible to participate in the 
Plan. 

The Plan provides for the grant of stock options (both nonstatutory and incentive stock options), stock grants, stock 
units and stock appreciation rights. Awards under the Plan will be evidenced by an agreement with the Plan participants and 2.0 
million shares of the Company’s Common Stock (“Shares”) were initially available for award under the Plan. Under the Plan, 
no recipient may receive awards during any fiscal year that exceeds the following amounts: (i) stock options covering in excess 
of  500,000  Shares;  (ii)  stock  grants  and  stock  units  covering  in  excess  of  250,000  Shares  in  the  aggregate;  or  (iii)  stock 
appreciation  rights  covering  more  than  500,000  Shares.  In  addition,  awards  to  non-employee  directors  are  discretionary. 
However, a non-employee director may not be granted awards in excess of 30,000 Shares in the aggregate during any fiscal year. 
The exercise price of the options is the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock on the date the options are granted.  

On October 15, 2009, following stockholder approval at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders of the Company, the 2009 
Stock Incentive Plan (the “2009 Plan”) became effective and replaced the Company’s 2005 Stock Incentive Plan. Employees 
(including officers), consultants and directors of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates were eligible to participate in the 
2009 Plan. The 2009 Plan provided for the grant of stock options (both nonstatutory and incentive stock options), stock grants, 
stock units and stock appreciation rights. Under the 2009 Plan, 1.9 million Shares were initially available for awards and as of 
May 31, 2015, 865,834 options to purchase shares and restricted stock units (RSUs) were outstanding.  

- 61 - 

 
  
  
  
  
 
   
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
5. Stockholders’ Equity (continued) 

On October 14, 2005, following stockholder approval at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders of the Company, the 2005 
Stock Incentive Plan (“2005 Plan”) became effective. The 2005 Plan replaced the Company’s four then existing equity plans and 
no shares remain available for grant under those plans. Employees (including officers), consultants and directors of the Company 
and its subsidiaries and affiliates were eligible to participate in the 2005 Plan. The 2005 Plan provided for the grant of stock 
options (both nonstatutory and incentive stock options), stock grants, stock units and stock appreciation rights. Under the 2005 
Plan,  861,038  Shares  were  initially  available  for  awards,  and  as  of  May  31,  2015,  168,550  options  to  purchase  shares  were 
outstanding. The exercise price of the options was the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock on the date the options 
were granted.  

The 1995 Directors’ Stock Option Plan (the “Directors Plan”) provided that each person who became a non- employee 
director of the Company, who had not received a previous grant, be granted a nonstatutory stock option to purchase 20,000 shares 
of Common Stock on the date on which the optionee first became a non-employee director of the Company. Thereafter, on the 
date of each annual meeting of the stockholders each non-employee director was granted an additional option to purchase 10,000 
shares of Common Stock if, on such date, he or she had served on the Company’s Board of Directors for at least six months prior 
to the date of such annual meeting. The exercise price of the options was the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock 
on the date the options were granted. Options granted under this plan were exercisable and vested upon grant. Under the Directors 
Plan,  800,000  Shares  were  initially  available  for  awards,  and  as  of  May  31,  2015,  10,000  options  to  purchase  shares  were 
outstanding. No shares remain available for grant under the Directors’ Plan. 

Activity under all Landec equity incentive plans is as follows: 

Stock-Based Compensation Activity 

   RSUs and 
Options 
Available 
for Grant

Restricted Stock Outstanding
Number 
of 
Restricted 
Shares

    Weighted 
Average 
Grant Date 
Fair Value

    Stock Options Outstanding  

Number of 
Stock 
Options 

    Weighted 
Average 
Exercise  
Price 

Balance at May 27, 2012 ....................      
Granted ...............................................      
Awarded/Exercised ............................      
Forfeited .............................................      
Plan shares expired  ............................      
Balance at May 26, 2013 ....................      
Additional shares reserved .................      
Granted ...............................................      
Awarded/Exercised ............................      
Forfeited .............................................      
Plan shares expired  ............................      
Balance at May 25, 2014 ....................      
Granted ...............................................      
Awarded/Exercised ............................      
Forfeited .............................................      
Plan shares expired  ............................      
Balance at May 31, 2015 ....................      

449,643     
(26,666)    
—     
—     
—     
422,977     
2,000,000     
(420,131)    
—     
—     
(2,846)    
2,000,000     
(1,118,857)    
—     
—     
—     
881,143     

348,166    $
6,666    $
(231,086)   $
(28,416)   $
—     
95,330    $
—     
128,631    $
(62,499)   $
(12,162)   $
—     
149,300    $
324,357    $
(79,219)   $
(1,667)   $
—     
392,771    $

5.93     
9.01     
5.74     
6.20     
—     
6.52     
—     
14.30     
6.18     
8.86     
—     
13.17     
13.97     
11.57     
14.30     
—     
14.15     

2,046,432    $
20,000    $
(671,563)   $
(44,977)   $
(10,000)   $
1,339,892    $
—     
291,500    $
(398,080)   $
(12,452)   $
(5,000)   $
1,215,860    $
794,500    $
(205,419)   $
(2,223)   $
(66,000)   $
1,736,718    $

6.50 
9.01 
6.30 
6.34 
13.32 
6.58 
— 
14.30 
6.45 
6.66 
13.32 
8.45 
14.20 
6.55 
14.30 
11.32 
11.19 

- 62 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
 
  
  
 
 
5. Stockholders’ Equity (continued) 

Upon vesting of certain RSUs and the exercise of certain options during fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013, certain RSUs 
and exercised options were net share-settled to cover the required exercise price and withholding tax and the remaining amounts 
were converted into an equivalent number of shares of Common Stock. The Company withheld shares with value equivalent to 
the exercise price for options and the employees' minimum statutory obligation for the applicable income and other employment 
taxes, and remitted the cash to the appropriate taxing authorities. The total shares withheld for fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013 
were 112,443, 47,573 and 145,159 RSUs and options, respectively, which was based on the value of the option and/or RSUs on 
their  exercise  or  vesting  date  as  determined  by  the  Company's  closing  stock  price.  Total  payments  for  the  employees'  tax 
obligations to the taxing authorities during fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013 were approximately $343,000, $1.3 million and 
$49,000,  respectively.  These  net-share  settlements  had  the  effect  of  share  repurchases  by  the  Company  as  they  reduced  and 
retired the number of shares that would have otherwise have been issued as a result of the vesting and did not represent an expense 
to the Company. 

The following table summarizes information concerning stock options outstanding and exercisable at May 31, 2015: 

 Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in 
years)

Range of 
Exercise 
Prices 
$ 5.00 - $6.00  ....................     
$ 6.01 - $9.00  ....................     
$ 9.01 - $14.00  ..................     
$14.01- $14.39  ..................     
$ 5.00 - $14.39 ...................     

Number of 
Shares 
Outstanding       
317,750      
315,191      
140,000      
963,777      
1,736,718      

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price 

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value 

2.10    $
1.83    $
6.14    $
6.39    $
4.76    $

5.65  $ 2,746,675   
6.46  $ 2,466,904   
240,900   
12.57  $
—   
14.36  $
11.19  $ 5,454,479   

Number of 
Shares 
Exercisable       
317,750    $
315,191    $
30,732    $
185,791    $
849,464    $

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 

5.65  $ 2,746,675 
6.46  $ 2,466,904 
115,027 
10.55  $
— 
14.30  $
8.02  $ 5,328,606 

At May 31, 2015 and May 25, 2014 options to purchase 849,464 and 984,610 shares of Landec’s Common Stock were 
vested, respectively, and 887,254 and 231,250 were unvested, respectively. No options have been exercised prior to being vested. 
The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pretax intrinsic value, based on the Company’s closing stock 
price of $14.29 on May 29, 2015, which would have been received by holders of stock options had all holders of stock options 
exercised their stock options that were in-the-money as of that date. The total number of in-the-money stock options exercisable 
as of May 31, 2015, was 663,673 shares. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the fiscal year 2015 was 
$1.5 million.  

Option Awards  

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price

Outstanding 
Options 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contract 
Term  
(in years)     

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value

Vested .............................................................................................    
Expected to vest ..............................................................................    
Total .....................................................................................    

849,464    $
861,612    $
1,711,076    $

8.02      
14.22      
11.14      

2.74    $ 5,328,606 
6.69     
123,261 
4.73    $ 5,451,867 

As of May 31, 2015, there was $7.6 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested equity 
compensation awards granted under the Company’s incentive stock plans. Total expense is expected to be recognized over the 
weighted-average period of 2.6 years for both stock options and restricted stock awards.  

- 63 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
    
     
   
   
   
 
  
  
  
  
 
   
    
 
  
  
 
 
Stock Repurchase Plan 

On July 14, 2010, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the establishment of a stock repurchase plan which 
allows for the repurchase of up to $10 million of the Company’s Common Stock. The Company may repurchase its common 
stock from time to time in open market purchases or in privately negotiated transactions. The timing and actual number of shares 
repurchased is at the discretion of management of the Company and will depend on a variety of factors, including stock price, 
corporate and regulatory requirements, market conditions, the relative attractiveness of other capital deployment opportunities 
and other corporate priorities. The stock repurchase program does not obligate Landec to acquire any amount of its common 
stock and the program may be modified, suspended or terminated at any time at the Company's discretion without prior notice. 
During fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company did not purchase any shares on the open market.  

6. Debt 

Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands): 

  May 31, 2015 

     May 25, 2014 

Real estate loan agreement with General Electric Capital Corporation (“GE 

Capital”); due in monthly principal and interest payments of $133,060 through 
May 1, 2022 with interest based on a fixed rate of 4.02% per annum .....................   $

Capital equipment loan with GE Capital; due in monthly principal and interest 

payments of $175,356 through May 1, 2019 with interest based on a fixed rate of 
4.39% per annum .....................................................................................................    

Capital equipment loan with GE Capital; due in monthly principal and interest 

payments of $95,120 through September 1, 2019 with interest based on a fixed 
rate of 3.68% per annum ..........................................................................................    

Capital equipment loan with GE Capital; due in monthly principal and interest 

payments of $55,828 through December 1, 2019 with interest based on a fixed 
rate of 3.74% per annum ..........................................................................................    

Capital equipment loan with Bank of America (“BofA”); due in monthly principal 
and interest payments of $68,274 through June 28, 2020 with interest based on a 
fixed rate of 2.79% per annum ................................................................................    

Term note with BMO Harris; due in monthly payments of $250,000 through May 

23, 2016 with interest payable monthly at LIBOR plus 2% per annum ..................    

Industrial revenue bonds (“IRBs”) issued by Lifecore; due in annual payments 

through 2020 with interest at a variable rate set weekly by the bond remarketing 
agent (0.31% and 0.28% at May 31, 2015 and May 25, 2014, respectively) ..........    
Total ............................................................................................................................    
Less current portion .....................................................................................................    
Long-term portion .......................................................................................................   $

15,172    $ 

16,137 

7,705      

9,430 

6,476      

3,907      

3,819      

3,000      

2,440      
42,519      
(8,353)     
34,166    $ 

— 

— 

— 

6,000 

2,805 
34,372 
(6,055)
28,317 

- 64 - 

 
  
   
  
 
  
 
   
  
 
 
6. Debt (continued) 

The future minimum principal payments of the Company’s debt for each year presented are as follows (in thousands): 

FY 2016..............................................      

    GE and BofA    
   GE RE Loan      M&E Loans      BMO Harris     
3,000     

3,973     

1,005     

FY 2017..............................................      

1,047     

4,130     

FY 2018..............................................      

1,089      

4,293     

FY 2019..............................................      

1,134      

4,461     

FY 2020..............................................      

1,180      

5,050     

Thereafter ...........................................      

9,717     

—     

—     

—     

—     

—     

—     

IRB 

Total 

375     

390     

400     

410     

425     

8,353 

5,567 

5,782 

6,005 

6,655 

440     

10,157  

Total ................................................    $ 

15,172    $

21,907    $

3,000    $

2,440    $

42,519 

On July 17, 2014, Apio entered into an amendment with GE Capital, which amended the revolving line of credit dated 
April 23, 2012 among the parties. Under the amendment, the revolving line of credit increased from $25 million to $40 million, 
the interest rate was reduced from LIBOR plus 2.0% to LIBOR plus 1.75%, and the term was extended to July 17, 2019, among 
other changes. The availability under the revolving line of credit is based on the combination of the eligible accounts receivable 
and eligible inventory (availability was $30.3 million at May 31, 2015). Apio’s revolving line of credit has an unused fee of 
0.375% per annum. At both May 31, 2015 and May 25, 2014, there was no outstanding balance under Apio’s revolving line of 
credit. 

Also on July 17, 2014, Apio entered into a new equipment loan with GE Capital whereby Apio can borrow up to $25 
million based on eligible equipment purchases between August 1, 2012 and August 31, 2015. Each borrowing under this new 
equipment loan has a five year term with a seven year amortization period. On August 28, 2014, Apio borrowed $7.1 million 
under the new equipment loan at a fixed rate of 3.68%. On November 24, 2014, Apio borrowed an additional $4.1 million under 
the new equipment loan at a fixed rate of 3.74%. The Company does not intend to borrow any more funds under this loan. 

On May 15, 2015, GE Capital and Apio entered into a commitment letter, pursuant to which GE Capital committed to 
lend Apio up to approximately $14.7 million in equipment financing and approximately $7.7 million in real property financing. 
The equipment loan and the real property loan will be made pursuant to existing loan agreements dated as of April 23, 2012, as 
amended May 17, 2013 and July 17, 2014. No amounts had been borrowed under these committed loans as of May 31, 2015. 
The equipment loan is available to finance purchases of equipment between May 1, 2015 and June 30, 2017. Borrowings under 
the equipment loan will have a five-year term and a seven-year amortization. Interest on each borrowing under the equipment 
loan will be at a fixed rate based on an index rate plus a 5-year swap rate at the time of borrowing. The real property loan will be 
used to finance the expansion of Apio’s facility in Hanover, PA. The real property loan will have a 10-year term and a 20-year 
amortization. Interest will be at a fixed rate based on an index rate plus a 10-year swap rate on at the time of borrowing. No 
amounts had been borrowed under these committed loans as of May 31, 2015.  

The GE real estate, equipment and line of credit agreements (collectively the “GE Debt Agreements”) are secured by 
liens on all of the property of Apio and its subsidiaries. The GE Debt Agreements contain customary events of default under 
which obligations could be accelerated or increased. The GE Capital real estate and equipment loans are guaranteed by Landec, 
and Landec has pledged its equity interest in Apio as collateral under the line of credit agreement. The GE Debt Agreements 
contain customary covenants, such as limitations on the ability to (1) incur indebtedness or grant liens or negative pledges on 
Apio’s assets; (2) make loans or other investments; (3) pay dividends, sell stock or repurchase stock or other securities; (4) sell 
assets; (5) engage in mergers; (6) enter into sale and leaseback transactions; or (7) make changes in Apio’s corporate structure. 
In addition, Apio must maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.10 to 1.0 if the availability under its line of credit 
falls below $12.0 million. Apio was in compliance with all financial covenants as of May 31, 2015 and May 25, 2014.  

- 65 - 

 
  
  
  
    
  
   
  
   
  
 
  
   
 
  
    
      
      
      
      
  
  
    
      
      
      
      
  
  
    
      
      
      
      
  
  
    
      
      
      
      
  
  
    
      
      
      
      
  
  
    
      
      
      
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
6. Debt (continued) 

On May 15, 2015, Apio and BofA entered into a commitment letter and loan agreement, pursuant to which Apio will 
be permitted to borrow up to $15.0 million to finance equipment purchases made between October 1, 2014 and April 30, 2016 
(the “BofA Loan”). Each borrowing under the BofA Loan will have a five-year term and a seven-year amortization period and 
will have a fixed interest rate based on the 2.5-year swap rate at the time of borrowing. Borrowings will be secured by equipment 
financed with proceeds of the BofA Loan. In addition, on May 15, 2015, Landec and BofA entered into a Guaranty, pursuant to 
which Landec guaranteed Apio’s payment obligations under the BofA Loan. 

During  fiscal  year  2015,  Apio  capitalized  $397,000  of  loan  origination  fees  from  new  equipment  loans  and/or 
amendments with GE Capital and BofA. No loan origination fees were capitalized in fiscal year 2014. Amortization of loan 
origination  fees  for  Apio  recorded  to  interest  expense  for  fiscal  years  2015,  2014  and  2013  were  $206,000,  $187,000  and 
$181,000, respectively. Unamortized loan origination fees were $1.2 million and $1.0 million at May 31, 2015 and May 25, 
2014, respectively, and are included in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

On May 23, 2012, Lifecore entered into two financing agreements with BMO Harris Bank N.A. and/or its affiliates 

(“BMO Harris”), collectively (the “Lifecore Loan Agreements”):  

(1)  

(2) 

A $12.0 million term loan which matures in four years due in monthly payments of $250,000 with interest payable 
monthly based on a variable interest rate of LIBOR plus 2% (the “Term Loan”). 

A  Reimbursement  Agreement  pursuant  to  which  BMO  Harris  caused  its  affiliate  Bank  of  Montreal  to  issue  an
irrevocable letter of credit in the amount of $3.5 million (the “Letter of Credit”) which is securing the IRBs described
above.  

On May 22, 2015, Lifecore entered into a Credit and Security Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with BMO Harris 
which includes (a) a two-year, $10.0 million asset-based working capital revolving line of credit, with an interest rate of LIBOR 
plus  1.85%,  with  availability  based  on  the  combination  of  Lifecore’s  eligible  accounts  receivable  and  inventory  balances 
(availability was $9.4 million at May 31, 2015) and with no unused fee and as of May 31, 2015 no amounts were outstanding 
under the line of credit. 

The obligations of Lifecore under the Lifecore Loan Agreements and Credit Agreement (collectively “Lifecore Debt 
Agreements”)  are  secured  by  liens  on  all  of  the  property  of  Lifecore.  The  Lifecore  Debt  Agreements  contain  customary 
covenants, such as limitations on the ability to (1) incur indebtedness or grant liens or negative pledges on Lifecore’s assets; (2) 
make loans or other investments; (3) pay dividends or repurchase stock or other securities; (4) sell assets; (5) engage in mergers; 
(6)  enter  into  sale  and  leaseback  transactions;  (7)  adopt  certain  benefit  plans;  and  (8)  make  changes  in  Lifecore’s  corporate 
structure. In addition, under the Credit Agreement, Lifecore must maintain (a) a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.10 to 
1.0 if Lifecore’s unrestricted cash balance is less than 50% of total funded debt at the end of each fiscal quarter and (b) a net debt 
cash flow leverage ratio of less than 2.0 to 1.0 at the end of each fiscal quarter. Lifecore was in compliance with all financial 
covenants as of May 31, 2015 and May 25, 2014. Unamortized loan origination fees for the Lifecore Debt Agreements were 
$48,000 and $98,000 at May 31, 2015 and May 25, 2014, respectively, and are included in other assets in the Consolidated 
Balance Sheets.  

The market value of the Company’s debt approximates its recorded value as the interest rates on each debt instrument 

approximates current market rates. 

The Term Loan was used to repay Lifecore’s former credit facility with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo”). The 
Letter of Credit (which replaces a letter of credit previously provided by Wells Fargo) provides liquidity and credit support for 
the IRBs. 

- 66 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
 
 
6.     Debt (continued) 

On August 19, 2004, Lifecore issued variable rate industrial revenue bonds (“IRBs”).  These IRBs were assumed by 
Landec in the acquisition of Lifecore. The IRBs are collateralized by a bank letter of credit which is secured by a first mortgage 
on the Company’s facility in Chaska, Minnesota. In addition, the Company pays an annual remarketing fee equal to 0.125% and 
an annual letter of credit fee of 0.75%. The maturities on the IRBs are held in a sinking fund account, recorded in Other Current 
Assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets, and are paid out each year on September 1st. 

7.     Derivative Financial Instruments  

In May 2010, the Company entered into a five-year interest rate swap agreement under the credit agreement with Wells 
Fargo which terminated in May 2015. The interest rate swap was designated as a cash flow hedge of future interest payments of 
LIBOR and had a notional amount of $20 million. As a result of the interest rate swap transaction, the Company fixed for a five-
year period the interest rate at 4.24% subject to market based interest rate risk on $20 million of borrowings under the credit 
agreement with Wells Fargo. The Company’s obligations under the interest rate swap transaction as to the scheduled payments 
were guaranteed and secured on the same basis as its obligations under the credit agreement with Wells Fargo at the time the 
agreement was consummated. Upon entering into the new Term Loan with BMO Harris in May 2012, the Company used the 
proceeds from  that  loan  to pay  off  the Wells  Fargo  credit  facility.  The swap  with Wells  Fargo was not  terminated upon  the 
extinguishment of the debt with Wells Fargo. The fair value of the swap arrangement as of May 31, 2015 and May 25, 2014 was 
zero and $44,000, respectively, and is included in other accrued liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.  

8.     Income Taxes  

The provision for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Current: 

Federal .......................................................................   $
State ...........................................................................    
Foreign .......................................................................    
Total ..............................................................................    
Deferred: 

Federal .......................................................................    
State ...........................................................................    
Total ..............................................................................    
Income tax expense .......................................................   $

Year ended 
May 31, 2015 

Year ended 
May 25, 2014 

Year ended 
     May 26, 2013 

3,480    $
43     
71     
3,594     

3,789     
363     
4,152     
7,746    $

4,785    $ 
157      
56      
4,998      

5,059      
526      
5,585      
10,583    $ 

2,808 
(18)
56 
2,846 

6,218 
388 
6,606 
9,452 

The actual provision for income taxes differs from the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate as follows (in thousands): 

Provision at U.S. statutory rate (1) ................................   $
State income taxes, net of federal benefit ......................    
Change in valuation allowance .....................................    
Tax-exempt interest .......................................................    
Tax credit carryforwards ...............................................    
Domestic manufacturing deduction ...............................    
Change in value of contingent consideration ................    
Other  ............................................................................    
Total ...................................................................   $

Year Ended 
May 31, 2015 

Year Ended 
May 25, 2014 

Year Ended 
May 26, 2013 

7,451     $
566     
353     
—     
(375)    
(369)    
—     
120     
7,746     $

10,405     $ 
711      
99      
—      
(378)     
(406)     
—      
152      
10,583     $ 

11,214 
731 
370 
— 
(801)
(172)
(1,450)
(440)
9,452 

(1) Statutory rate was 35% for fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013. 

- 67 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
    
 
 
   
 
      
        
         
 
  
  
  
 
   
    
 
  
    
 
 
8.     Income Taxes (continued) 

The  decrease  in  income  tax  expense  in  fiscal  year  2015  compared  to  fiscal  year  2014  was  primarily  due  to  a  28% 
decrease in income before taxes. The increase in income tax expense in fiscal year 2014 compared to fiscal year 2013 is primarily 
due to the benefit received in fiscal year 2013 related to the change in value of contingent consideration, the absence of which 
increased the effective tax rate from 30% in fiscal year 2013 to 36% in fiscal year 2014 partially offset by a 7% decrease in net 
income before taxes.  

The effective tax rates for fiscal year 2015 differ from the statutory federal income tax rate of 35% as a result of several 
factors, including state taxes, valuation allowance on the impairment of the investment in Aesthetic Sciences Corporation, and 
non-deductible stock-based compensation expense; partially offset by the domestic manufacturing deduction and state and federal 
research and development credits. The effective tax rates for fiscal year 2014 differ from the statutory federal income tax rate of 
35%  as  a  result  of  several  factors,  including  state  taxes,  non-deductible  stock-based  compensation  expense,  disqualified 
dispositions  of  incentive  stock  options,  domestic  manufacturing  deduction,  the  benefit  of  federal  and  state  research  and 
development credits, and the change in valuation allowance. The effective tax rates for fiscal year 2013 differ from the statutory 
federal income tax rate of 35% as a result of several factors, including state taxes, change in value of contingent consideration, 
non-deductible stock-based compensation expense, disqualified dispositions of incentive stock options, domestic manufacturing 
deduction, the benefit of federal and state research and development credits, and the change in valuation allowance.  

Significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands): 

  May 31, 2015 

     May 25, 2014 

Deferred tax assets: 

Net operating loss carryforwards .....................................................................   $
Accruals and reserves ......................................................................................    
Stock-based compensation...............................................................................    
Research and AMT credit carryforwards .........................................................    
Other ................................................................................................................    
Gross deferred tax assets .....................................................................................    
Valuation allowance ............................................................................................    
Net deferred tax assets ........................................................................................    

Deferred tax liabilities: 

Basis difference in investment in non-public company ...................................    
Depreciation and amortization .........................................................................    
Goodwill and other indefinite life intangibles .................................................    
Deferred tax liabilities .........................................................................................    

3,415    $ 
1,964       
662      
515      
966      
7,522      
(1,234)     
6,288      

(10,753)     
(7,186)     
(20,578)     
(38,517)     

Net deferred tax liabilities ...................................................................................   $

(32,229)   $ 

3,630 
1,746  
723 
495 
545 
7,139 
(881)
6,258 

(9,270)
(5,705)
(19,360)
(34,335)

(28,077)

As of May 31, 2015, the Company had federal, California, Indiana, and other state net operating loss carryforwards of 
approximately $7.8 million, $0.8 million, $6.6 million, and $13.3 million respectively. These losses expire in different periods 
through 2032, if not utilized. Such net operating losses consist of excess tax benefits from employee stock option exercises and 
have not been recorded in the Company’s deferred tax assets. The Company will record approximately $500,000 of the gross 
California  net  operating  loss  to  additional  paid  in  capital  as  and  when  such  excess  tax  benefits  are  ultimately  realized.  The 
Company  acquired  additional  net  operating  losses  through  the  acquisition  of  GreenLine.  Utilization  of  these  acquired  net 
operating losses in a specific year is limited due to the “change in ownership” provision of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 
and similar state provisions. The net operating losses presented above for federal and state purposes is net of any such limitation. 

The Company has California research and development tax credits carryforwards of approximately $1.6 million. The 
research and development tax credit carryforwards have an unlimited carryforward period for California purposes. Certain tax 
credit carryovers are attributable to excess tax benefits from employee stock option exercises and have not been recorded in the 
Company’s deferred tax assets. The Company will record $1.1 million of the gross California research and development credit 
to additional paid in capital as and when such excess tax benefits are ultimately realized. 

- 68 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
 
      
         
 
  
      
         
 
      
         
 
  
      
         
 
  
  
   
 
 
8.     Income Taxes (continued) 

Valuation allowances are reviewed each period on a tax jurisdiction by jurisdiction basis to analyze whether there is 
sufficient positive or negative evidence to support a change in judgment about the realizability of the related deferred tax assets. 
Based on this analysis and considering all positive and negative evidence, the Company determined that a valuation allowance 
of $1.2 million should be recorded as a result of uncertainty around the utilization of certain state net operating losses and a book 
impairment loss on the Company's investment in Aesthetic Sciences as it is more likely than not that a portion of the deferred tax 
asset will not be realized in the foreseeable future. The valuation allowance increased by $353,000 in fiscal year 2015 primarily 
due to uncertainty around the utilization of certain state net operating losses and credits. 

The  accounting  for  uncertainty  in  income  taxes  recognized  in  an  enterprise’s  financial  statements  prescribes  a 
recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken 
or expected to be taken in a tax return, and the derecognition of tax benefits, classification on the balance sheet, interest and 
penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands): 

  May 31, 2015

    May 25, 2014 

     May 26, 2013

As of

Unrecognized tax benefits – beginning of the period ....   $
Gross increases – tax positions in prior period ..............    
Gross decreases – tax positions in prior period .............    
Gross increases – current-period tax positions ..............    
Lapse of statute of limitations .......................................    
Unrecognized tax benefits – end of the period ..............   $

1,035    $
17     
(141)    
76      
—     
987    $

998    $ 
7      
(48)     
78      
—      
1,035    $ 

766 
103 
— 
129 
— 
998 

As of May 31, 2015, the total amount of net unrecognized tax benefits was $987,000, of which, $800,000, if recognized, 
would affect the effective tax rate. As of May 25, 2014, the total amount of net unrecognized tax benefits was $1.0 million, of 
which,  $817,000,  if  recognized,  would  affect  the  effective  tax  rate.  The  Company  accrues  interest  and  penalties  related  to 
unrecognized tax benefits in its provision for income taxes. The total amount of penalties and interest was not material as of May 
31, 2015 and May 25, 2014. Additionally, the Company does not expect its unrecognized tax benefits to change materially within 
the next twelve months. 

Due  to  tax  attribute  carryforwards,  the  Company  is  subject  to  examination  for  tax  years  1997  forward  for  U.S.  tax 
purposes. The Company is also subject to examination in various state jurisdictions for tax years 1998 forward, none of which 
were individually material.  

9.     Commitments and Contingencies 

Operating Leases 

Landec  leases  facilities  and  equipment  under  operating  lease  agreements  with  various  terms  and  conditions,  which 

expire at various dates through fiscal year 2023. Certain of these leases have renewal options.  

- 69 - 

 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
9.     Commitments and Contingencies (continued) 

The approximate future minimum lease payments under these operating leases, excluding land leases, at May 31, 2015 

are as follows (in thousands): 

FY 2016......................................................................................................................................................   $ 
FY 2017......................................................................................................................................................     
FY 2018......................................................................................................................................................     
FY 2019......................................................................................................................................................     
FY 2020......................................................................................................................................................     
Thereafter ...................................................................................................................................................     
Total ........................................................................................................................................................   $ 

Amount 

3,136 
2,631 
1,768 
1,003 
257 
624 
9,419 

Rent expense for operating leases, including month to month arrangements was $5.0 million, $4.4 million and $4.8 

million for the fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

Capital Leases 

There was no equipment under capital lease agreements at May 31, 2015.  

Employment Agreements 

Landec  has  entered  into  employment  agreements  with  certain  key  employees.  These  agreements  provide  for  these 
employees to receive incentive bonuses based on the financial performance of certain divisions in addition to their annual base 
salaries. The accrued incentive bonuses amounted to $1.0 million at May 31, 2015 and $656,000 at May 25, 2014. 

Purchase Commitments 

At  May  31,  2015,  the  Company  was  committed  to  purchase  $15.1  million  of  produce  during  fiscal  year  2016  in 
accordance  with  contractual  terms  at  market  rates.  Payments  of  $16.8  million  were  made  in  fiscal  year  2015  under  similar 
arrangements. 

Loss Contingencies 

As of May 31, 2015, the Company is not a party to any legal proceedings. 

10.     Employee Savings and Investment Plans 

The Company sponsors a 401(k) plan which is available to substantially all of the Company’s employees. Landec’s 
Corporate Plan, which is available to all Landec employees (“Landec Plan”), allows participants to contribute from 1% to 50% 
of their salaries, up to the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) limitation into designated investment funds. The Company matches 
67%  on  the  first  6%  contributed  by  an  employee.  Employee  and  Company  contributions  are  fully  vested  at  the  time  of  the 
contributions. The Company retains the right, by action of the Board of Directors, to amend, modify, or terminate the plan. For 
fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company contributed $1.2 million, $1.1 million and $939,000, respectively, to the Landec 
Plan. 

 11.     Business Segment Reporting 

The  Company  manages  its  business  operations  through  three  strategic  business  units.  Based  upon  the  information 
reported to the chief operating decision maker, who is the Chief Executive Officer, the Company has the following reportable 
segments: the Food Products Technology segment, the Food Export segment and the Hyaluronan-based Biomaterials segment.  

- 70 - 

 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
11.     Business Segment Reporting (continued) 

The Food Products Technology segment markets and packs specialty packaged whole and fresh-cut fruit and vegetables, 
the  majority  of  which  incorporate  the  BreatheWay  specialty  packaging  for  the  retail  grocery,  club  store  and  food  services 
industry. In addition, the Food Products Technology segment sells BreatheWay packaging to partners for non-vegetable products. 
The Food Export segment consists of revenues generated from the purchase and sale of primarily whole commodity fruit and 
vegetable products to Asia and domestically. The HA-based Biomaterials segment sells products utilizing hyaluronan, a naturally 
occurring polysaccharide that is widely distributed in the extracellular matrix of connective tissues in both animals and humans, 
for medical use primarily in the Ophthalmic, Orthopedic and Veterinary markets. Corporate licenses Landec’s patented Intellicoat 
seed  coatings  to  the  farming  industry  and  licenses  the  Company’s  Intelimer  polymers  for  personal  care  products  and  other 
industrial products. The Corporate segment also includes general and administrative expenses, non-Food Products Technology 
and non HA-based Biomaterials interest income and income tax expenses. Beginning in fiscal year 2013, the Food Products 
Technology, the Food Export and the Hyaluronan-based Biomaterials segments include charges for corporate services and tax 
sharing allocated from the Corporate segment. All of the assets of the Company are located within the United States of America.  

The Company’s international sales by geography are based on the billing address of the customer and were as follows 

(in millions):  

Canada ...........................................................................   $
Taiwan ...........................................................................   $
Indonesia .......................................................................   $
China .............................................................................   $
Japan .............................................................................   $
Belgium .........................................................................   $
All Other Countries .......................................................   $

May 31, 2015 

May 25, 2014 

     May 26, 2013 

79.7    $
32.1    $
9.0    $
9.0    $
8.5    $
6.8    $
18.4    $

46.6    $ 
30.7    $ 
9.6    $ 
8.2    $ 
9.9    $ 
13.1    $ 
19.1    $ 

27.8 
31.0 
21.0 
5.0 
10.6 
16.6 
20.8 

- 71 - 

 
  
  
  
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
11.     Business Segment Reporting (continued) 

Operations by segment consisted of the following (in thousands):  

Food 
Products 
  Technology   

Food 
Export 

    Hyaluronan- 

based  

    Biomaterials 

Fiscal Year Ended May 31, 2015 
Net sales .................................................................   $
International sales ...................................................   $
Gross profit ............................................................   $
Net income (loss) ...................................................   $
Identifiable assets ...................................................   $
Depreciation and amortization ...............................   $
Capital expenditures ...............................................   $
Dividend income ....................................................   $
Interest income .......................................................   $
Interest expense ......................................................   $
Income tax expense  ...............................................   $

Fiscal Year Ended May 25, 2014 
Net sales .................................................................   $
International sales ...................................................   $
Gross profit ............................................................   $
Net income (loss) ...................................................   $
Identifiable assets ...................................................   $
Depreciation and amortization ...............................   $
Capital expenditures ...............................................   $
Dividend income ....................................................   $
Interest income .......................................................   $
Interest expense ......................................................   $
Income tax expense  ...............................................   $

Fiscal Year Ended May 26, 2013 
Net sales .................................................................   $
International sales ...................................................   $
Gross profit ............................................................   $
Net income (loss) ...................................................   $
Identifiable assets ...................................................   $
Depreciation and amortization ...............................   $
Capital expenditures ...............................................   $
Dividend income ....................................................   $
Interest income .......................................................   $
Interest expense ......................................................   $
Income tax expense  ...............................................   $

430,415    $
80,500    $
45,993    $
17,145    $
228,672     $
4,766    $
12,895    $
1,417    $
32    $
1,655    $
792    $

360,728    $
47,224    $
36,318    $
19,041    $
196,257    $
4,751    $
10,950    $
1,125    $
12    $
1,402    $
33    $

320,447    $
27,532    $
37,077    $
20,526    $
180,104     $
4,761    $
5,598    $
1,125    $
42    $
1,707    $
3,399    $

67,837    $
67,714    $
4,252    $
1,041    $
27,746     $
6    $
—    $
—    $
—    $
—    $
48    $

69,827    $
69,710    $
5,340    $
1,973    $
25,391     $
6    $
—    $
—    $
—    $
—    $
3    $

78,568    $
78,442    $
5,274    $
1,660    $
21,737     $
4    $
—    $
—    $
—    $
—    $
339    $

- 72 - 

     Corporate     TOTAL 
573    $
—    $
553    $
(8,480)  $
4,268    $
134    $
117    $
—    $
29    $
—    $
6,729    $

539,257 
163,460 
65,407 
13,544 
346,465 
7,090 
17,511 
1,417 
315 
1,829 
7,746 

40,432    $ 
15,246    $ 
14,609    $ 
3,838    $ 
85,779     $ 
2,184    $ 
4,499    $ 
—    $ 
254    $ 
174    $ 
177    $ 

45,704    $ 
20,312    $ 
20,456    $ 
9,695    $ 
85,858    $ 
2,221    $ 
3,877    $ 
—    $ 
242    $ 
248    $ 
17    $ 

41,281    $ 
26,792    $ 
19,102    $ 
6,835    $ 
80,940     $ 
2,379    $ 
3,190    $ 
—    $ 
137    $ 
301    $ 
1,400    $ 

554    $
—    $
450    $
(11,564)  $
6,117    $
136    $
59    $
—    $
6    $
—    $
10,530    $

1,412    $
—    $
1,307    $
(6,434)  $
8,161    $
151    $
89    $
—    $
—    $
—    $
4,314    $

476,813 
137,246 
62,564 
19,145 
313,623 
7,114 
14,886 
1,125 
260 
1,650 
10,583 

441,708 
132,766 
62,760 
22,587 
290,942 
7,295 
8,877 
1,125 
179 
2,008 
9,452  

 
 
  
  
 
   
    
  
   
  
 
 
  
      
        
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
        
 
  
      
        
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
        
 
  
  
 
 
12.     Quarterly Consolidated Financial Information (unaudited) 

The following is a summary of the unaudited quarterly results of operations for fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013 (in 

thousands, except for per share amounts): 

FY 2015 
539,257 
65,407 
13,544 
0.50 
0.50 

FY 2014 
476,813 
62,564 
19,145 
0.72 
0.71 

FY 2013 
441,708 
62,760 
22,587 
0.87 
0.85 

FY 2015 
Revenues .................................................................   $
Gross profit .............................................................   $
Net income  .............................................................   $
Net income per basic share ......................................   $
Net income per diluted share ...................................   $

  1st Quarter    2nd Quarter    3rd Quarter     4th Quarter   

133,614     $
14,188     $
2,353     $
0.09    $
0.09     $

132,665    $
15,666    $
3,223    $
0.12    $
0.12    $

138,530     $ 
16,885     $ 
3,772     $ 
0.14     $ 
0.14     $ 

134,448     $
18,668     $
4,196     $
0.16     $
0.15     $

FY 2014 
Revenues .................................................................   $
Gross profit .............................................................   $
Net income  .............................................................   $
Net income per basic share ......................................   $
Net income per diluted share ...................................   $

  1st Quarter    2nd Quarter    3rd Quarter     4th Quarter   

109,479     $
12,532     $
4,752     $
0.18    $
0.18     $

120,026    $
13,734    $
3,451    $
0.13    $
0.13    $

126,379     $ 
20,155     $ 
6,400     $ 
0.24     $ 
0.24     $ 

120,929     $
16,143     $
4,542     $
0.17     $
0.17     $

  1st Quarter    2nd Quarter    3rd Quarter     4th Quarter   

FY 2013 
Revenues .................................................................   $
Gross profit .............................................................   $
Net income (loss) ....................................................   $
Net income (loss) per basic share ............................   $
Net income (loss) per diluted share .........................   $

102,074    $
13,763    $
4,366    $
0.17    $
0.17    $

114,654    $
18,459    $
8,913    $
0.35    $
0.34    $

117,867    $ 
17,508    $ 
4,789    $ 
0.19    $ 
0.18    $ 

107,113    $
13,030    $
4,519     $
0.17     $
0.17     $

- 73 - 

 
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
 
  
      
        
        
        
        
 
   
  
 
 
(b)     Index of Exhibits. 

Exhibit  
Number: 

Exhibit Title

3.1 

    Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  Registrant,  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.1  to  the

Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 7, 2008. 

3.2 

    Amended  and  Restated  Bylaws  of  Registrant,  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.1  to  the

Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 18, 2011. 

10.1 

10.2* 

10.3 

10.4* 

10.5* 

10.6* 

Form of Indemnification Agreement, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 29, 2005. 

Form of Option Agreement for 1995 Directors’ Stock Option Plan, incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 31, 1996.

Industrial  Real  Estate  Lease  dated  March  1,  1993  between  the  Registrant  and  Wayne  R.  Brown  &
Bibbits Brown, Trustees of the Wayne R. Brown & Bibbits Brown Living Trust dated December 30, 
1987, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 
(File No. 33-80723) declared effective on February 12, 1996. 

Form of Option Agreement for the 1996 Non-Executive Stock Option Plan, as amended, incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year 
ended October 31, 1996. 

1996 Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to
the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 29, 2001. 

Form of Option Agreement for 1996 Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan, incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended 
April 30, 1997. 

10.7* 

    New Executive Stock Option Plan, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to the Registrant’s

Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 29, 2000.  

10.8* 

10.9 

10.10* 

10.11# 

1996 Non-Executive Stock Option Plan, as amended, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.35 
to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 28, 2001. 

Supply Agreement between the Registrant and Apio Fresh LLC and the Growers listed therein, dated as
of July 3, 2003, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on
Form 8-K dated July 3, 2003. 

1995 Directors’ Stock Option Plan, as amended, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.53 to
the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended May 25, 2003. 

License  and  research  and  development  agreement  between  the  Registrant  and  Air  Products  and
Chemicals,  Inc.  dated  March  14,  2006,  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.63  to  the
Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 28, 2006.  

- 74 - 

 
 
   
  
  
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Exhibit  
Number: 

10.12* 

10.13* 

10.14* 

 10.15* 

10.16* 

10.17 

10.18* 

10.19* 

10.20* 

10.21* 

10.22* 

10.23 

10.24 

Exhibit Title

2005 Stock Incentive Plan, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Registrant's Current 
Report on Form 8-K dated October 14, 2005. 

Form  of  Stock  Grant  Agreement  for 2005  Stock Incentive  Plan,  incorporated herein  by  reference  to
Exhibit 99.2 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 14, 2005. 

Form  of  Notice  of  Stock Option  Grant  and Stock Option Agreement  for  2005 Stock Incentive Plan,
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.66 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for 
the fiscal year ended May 28, 2006.  

Form  of  Stock  Unit  Agreement  for  2005  Stock  Incentive  Plan,  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to
Exhibit 10.67 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 28, 2006. 

Form of Stock Appreciation Right Agreement for 2005 Stock Incentive Plan, incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 99.5 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 14, 2005. 

    Agreement  and  Plan  of  Merger  between  Landec  Corporation,  a  California  corporation,  and  the
Registrant,  dated  as  of  November  6,  2008,  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  2.1  to  the
Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 7, 2008. 

2009 Stock Incentive Plan, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Registrant's Current 
Report on Form 8-K dated October 19, 2009. 

Form  of  Stock  Grant  Agreement  for 2009  Stock Incentive  Plan,  incorporated herein  by  reference  to
Exhibit 99.2 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 19, 2009. 

Form  of  Notice  of  Stock Option  Grant  and Stock Option Agreement  for  2009 Stock Incentive Plan,
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated 
October 19, 2009.  

Form  of  Stock  Unit  Agreement  for  2009  Stock  Incentive  Plan,  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to
Exhibit 99.4 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 19, 2009.  

Form of Stock Appreciation Right Agreement for 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 99.5 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 19, 2009. 

Stock  Purchase  Agreement  by  and  among  the  Registrant,  Lifecore  Biomedical,  Inc.,  Lifecore
Biomedical, LLC and Warburg Pincus Private Equity IX, L.P., dated April 30, 2010, incorporated herein
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 5, 2010. 

    Amended and Restated License, Supply and R&D Agreement dated November 27, 2009 by and among 
the Registrant, Landec Ag, LLC and Monsanto Company, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to
the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 3, 2009. 

- 75 - 

 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Exhibit  
Number: 

 10.25 

 10.26 

 10.27 

 10.28 

 10.29* 

 10.30* 

Exhibit Title

Share Purchase Agreement, dated February 15, 2011, by and between Apio, Inc. and Windset Holdings
2010 Ltd., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form
8-K dated February 18, 2011. 

Stock Purchase Agreement by and among Apio, Inc., GreenLine Holding Company and 2003 Riverside
Capital Appreciation Fund, L.P., dated April 23, 2012, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1
to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 27, 2012. 

Loan agreements by and between the Registrant, Apio, Inc. and General Electric Capital Corporation
dated April 23, 2012, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibits 10.1 through 10.9 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 27, 2012. 

    Credit Agreement and Reimbursement Agreement by and between Lifecore Biomedical, LLC and BMO
Harris Bank N.A. dated May 23, 2012, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibits 10.1 and 10.2 to the
Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 29, 2012. 

Long-Term Incentive Plan, incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form
8-K dated July 31, 2013. 

Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Gregory S. Skinner effective as of January 1, 2013, 
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated 
December 10, 2012. 

10.31* 

    Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan, incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current 

Report on Form 8-K dated July 31, 2013. 

10.32* 

10.33* 

10.34* 

10.35* 

10.36* 

10.37* 

2013 Stock Incentive Plan, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Registrant's Current
Report on Form 8-K dated October 11, 2013. 

Form  of  Stock  Grant  Agreement  for 2013  Stock Incentive  Plan,  incorporated herein  by  reference  to
Exhibit 99.2 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 11, 2013. 

Form  of  Notice  of  Stock Option  Grant  and Stock Option Agreement  for  2013 Stock Incentive Plan,
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated 
October 11, 2013.  

Form  of  Stock  Unit  Agreement  for  2013  Stock  Incentive  Plan,  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to
Exhibit 99.4 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 11, 2013.  

Form of Stock Appreciation Right Agreement for 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 99.5 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 11, 2013. 

2015 Cash Bonus Plan, incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-
K dated June 23, 2014. 

- 76 - 

 
  
 
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
 
 
Exhibit  
Number: 

 10.38* 

 10.39 

 10.40 

10.41 

10.42 

10.43 

10.44 

10.45 

10.46 

10.47 

10.48 

10.49 

Exhibit Title

Employment  Agreement  between  the  Registrant  and  Gary  T.  Steele  effective  as  of  May  26,  2014,
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated 
June 23, 2014. 

Stock  Transfer  Agreement  dated  July  15,  2014  among  Apio,  Inc.,  Newell  Capital  Corporation  and
Windset Holdings 2010 Ltd., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K dated July 21, 2014.  

Second  Amendment  to  Credit  Agreement  dated  July  17,  2014  among  Apio,  Inc.,  Cal-Ex  Trading 
Company, GreenLine Logistics, Inc. and General Electric Capital Corporation, incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 21, 2014. 

First Amendment to Loan Agreement dated as of August 28, 2014 among Apio, Inc., Apio Cooling LP
and  General  Electric  Capital  Corporation,  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the 
Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 2, 2014. 

Promissory Note dated as of August 28, 2014 by Apio, Inc., payable to GE Capital Commercial, Inc.,
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated 
September 2, 2014. 

Third Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of August 28, 2014 among Apio, Inc., Cal-Ex Trading 
Company, GreenLine Logistics, Inc. and General Electric Capital Corporation, incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 2, 2014. 

Senior B Preferred Share Purchase Agreement dated October 29. 2014 among Apio, Inc. and Windset 
Holdings 2010 Ltd., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report
on Form 8-K dated November 4, 2014. 

Second  Amendment  to  Loan  Agreement  dated  as  of  November  24,  2014  among  Apio,  Inc.,  Apio 
Cooling LP and General Electric Capital Corporation, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1
to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 3, 2014. 

Promissory Note dated as of November 24, 2014 by Apio, Inc., payable to GE Capital Commercial, Inc., 
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated 
December 3, 2014. 

Proposal Letter dated April 2, 2015 between Banc of America Leasing & Capital, LLC, Apio, Inc. and 
Landec Corporation, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report
on Form 8-K dated May 21, 2015. 

    Master Loan and Security Agreement dated as of May 7, 2015 between Apio, Inc. and Banc of America 
Leasing & Capital, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K dated May 21, 2015. 

Form of Equipment Security Note between Apio, Inc. and Banc of America Leasing & Capital, LLC, 
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated 
May 21, 2015. 

- 77 - 

 
  
 
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
Exhibit  
Number: 

10.50 

Exhibit Title

    Guaranty dated as of May 7, 2015 between Landec Corporation and Banc of America Leasing & Capital, 
LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K 
dated May 21, 2015. 

10.51 

    Commitment Letter dated May 15, 2015 between General Electric Capital Corporation and Apio, Inc., 
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated 
May 21, 2015. 

10.52* 

    2016 Cash Bonus Plan, incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K 

dated May 28, 2015. 

21.1 

    Subsidiaries of the Registrant at May 31, 2015  

Apio, Inc. 
Lifecore Biomedical, Inc.  

State of Incorporation 
Delaware 
Delaware 

23.1+ 

    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

24.1+ 

    Power of Attorney – See signature page 

31.1+ 

    CEO Certification pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

31.2+ 

    CFO Certification pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

32.1+ 

    CEO Certification pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

32.2+ 

    CFO Certification pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

101.INS** 

   XBRL Instance 

101.SCH** 

   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema 

101.CAL** 

   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation 

101.DEF** 

   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition 

101.LAB** 

   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels 

101.PRE** 

   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation 

* 

** 

+ 
# 

   Represents a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit

to this report pursuant to Item 15(b) of Form 10-K. 
Information is furnished and not filed or a part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of 
sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, is deemed not filed for purposes of section
18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise is not subject to liability under 
these sections. 
   Filed herewith. 
   Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions. The term “confidential treatment” and the mark

“*” as used throughout the indicated Exhibit means that material has been omitted. 

- 78 - 

 
  
 
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
 
 
SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly 
caused this Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Menlo 
Park, State of California, on July 30, 2015.  

 LANDEC CORPORATION 

By:   /s/ Gregory S. Skinner 

Gregory S. Skinner 
Vice President of Finance and Administration  
and Chief Financial Officer 

POWER OF ATTORNEY 

KNOW  ALL  PERSONS  BY  THESE  PRESENTS,  that  each  person  whose  signature  appears  below  hereby 
constitutes and appoints Gary T. Steele and Gregory S. Skinner, and each of them, as his attorney-in-fact, with full power 
of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Report on Form 10-K, and to file 
the  same,  with  exhibits  thereto  and  other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming our signatures as they may be signed by our said attorney to any and all 
amendments to said Report on Form 10-K. 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report on Form 10-K has been signed 

by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:  

Signature 

Title

Date

/s/ Gary T. Steele 
Gary T. Steele 

President and Chief Executive Officer and Director 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

July 30, 2015 

/s/ Gregory S. Skinner 
Gregory S. Skinner 

Vice President of Finance and Administration and Chief Financial 
Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

July 30, 2015 

/s/ Nicholas Tompkins 
Nicholas Tompkins 

/s/ Robert Tobin 
Robert Tobin 

/s/ Albert D. Bolles, Ph.D 
Albert D. Bolles, Ph.D 

/s/ Frederick Frank 
Frederick Frank 

/s/ Steven Goldby 
Steven Goldby 

/s/ Richard Dean Hollis 
Richard Dean Hollis 

/s/ Catherine A. Sohn 
Catherine A. Sohn 

/s/ Tonia Pankopf 
Tonia Pankopf 

Chairman of the Board of Apio, Inc. and Director 

July 30, 2015 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

- 79 - 

July 30, 2015 

July 30, 2015 

July 30, 2015 

July 30, 2015 

July 30, 2015 

July 30, 2015 

July 30, 2015 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
  
EXHIBIT INDEX 

   Exhibit
   Number

Exhibit Title 

23.1   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

24.1   Power of Attorney. See signature page. 

31.1   CEO Certification pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

31.2   CFO Certification pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

32.1   CEO Certification pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

32.2   CFO Certification pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

- 80 - 

 
  
  
   
      
   
      
   
      
   
      
   
      
  
  
 
Corporate Directory

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Albert D. Bolles, Ph.D.
Retired Executive Vice President, 
Chief Technical and Operations Officer,
ConAgra Foods, Inc.

Frederick Frank
Chairman, 
Evolution Life Sciences Partners

Steven Goldby
Partner,
Venrock

Dean Hollis
Retired President and Chief Operating Officer,
ConAgra Foods, Inc. 
Consumer Foods and International Division

Tonia Pankopf
Managing Partner,
Pareto Advisors, LLC

Catherine A. Sohn, Pharma.D.
Retired Senior Executive,
GlaxoSmithKline (GSK)

Gary T. Steele
Chairman of the Board,
President and Chief Executive Officer,
Landec Corporation

Robert Tobin
Retired CEO,
AHOLD USA

Nicholas Tompkins
Chairman of the Board,
Apio, Inc.

CORPORATE MANAGEMENT

Gary T. Steele
Chairman of the Board,
President and Chief Executive Officer

Gregory S. Skinner
Vice President of Finance and
Administration and Chief Financial Officer

Molly A. Hemmeter
Vice President,
Chief Operating Officer

Ronald L. Midyett
President and Chief Executive Officer,
Apio, Inc.

Larry D. Hiebert
President,
Lifecore Biomedical, Inc.

Steven P. Bitler, Ph.D.
Vice President,
Corporate Technology

Landec Corporation 2015 Annual Report

Ernst & Young LLP
San Francisco, CA

CORPORATE COUNSEL

Ropes & Gray LLP
San Francisco, CA

SHAREHOLDERS’ INFORMATION

Transfer Agent and Registrar
The stock transfer agent and registrar for Landec Corporation is 
Broadridge.  Shareholders who wish to transfer their stock, or 
change the name in which the shares are registered, should 
contact:  

Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc.
44 West Lancaster Ave.
Ardmore, PA 19003
Tel  610-649-7300
Fax  610-649-7302
www.shareholder.broadridge.com

CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS

Landec Corporation
3603 Haven Avenue
Menlo Park, CA 94025-1010
650-306-1650

STOCK LISTING

The Company’s common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global 
Select Market under the symbol LNDC.  The Company has filed 
an annual report on Form 10-K with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission.  Shareholders may obtain a copy of this report and 
Form 10-K without charge by writing the Company at:

3603 Haven Avenue
Menlo Park, CA 94025
Attn:  Investor Relations

Except for the historical information contained here, the matters 
discussed in the enclosed materials are forward-looking 
statements that involve certain risks and uncertainties that could 
cause actual results to differ materially including risks detailed 
from time to time in the Company’s filings with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission.

TRADEMARKS

The following are some of the official trademarks and service marks
of the Landec Corporation and its subsidiaries:

Landec®   
Intelimer®  
Lifecore®  
Clearly Fresh® 
BreatheWay® 
Eat Smart® 
Cal Ex® 

GreenLine® 
Revitalure™ 
Corgel® BioHydrogel 
Lurocoat® Ophthalmic Viscoelastic 
Ortholure™ Orthopedic Viscosupplement 
Smart Polymers to Fuel Innovation™ 

Windset Farms® is a registered trademark of Greenhouse Grown 
Foods Inc.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Apio’s patented BreatheWay technology controls the 
ratio of oxygen and carbon dioxide in each bag or 
tray of vegetables, creating the ideal environment 
to keep produce fresh longer. BreatheWay 
even has a “temperature switch” that naturally 
adjusts this ratio in response to temperature 
changes further protecting freshness.  

Discover “Fresh” when you see the “BreatheWay patch” 
on the back of your vegetable bag or tray.